installation manual

TCAS-94 Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System

installation manual

Copyright 2005 Rockwell Collins, Inc. All rights reserved.

Rockwell Collins, Inc.

(523-0775833

May 19, 2005

TO:

HOLDERS OF THE ROCKWELL COLLINS TCAS-94 TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL (CPN 523-0806482),

SEVENTH EDITION DATED MAY 19, 2005 This edition completely replaces the existing manual. This revision brings the manual format up to current Installation Manual standards and adds numerous statuses to existing equipment type numbers. All changes have been implemented in a manner that retains information required to service earlier equipment models. This revision does not include copies of the service bulletins and service information letters issued for this equipment. All service bulletins and service information letters issued to date for this equipment have been incorporated and are listed in the front section of the manual. Remove any SBs and SILs from your old edition and add them to the back of your new revision. Discard the remainder of the existing manual. PUBLICATIONS DEPARTMENT

1/2

TCAS-94 Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System

installation manual

Printed in the United States of America Copyright 2005 Rockwell Collins, Inc. All rights reserved.

Rockwell Collins, Inc. Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52498

1st Edition, Feb 14/1990 7 Edition, May 19/2005
th

523-0775833-007116

(TCAS_94_IM_MAY_19/2005)

CAUTION
The material in this publication is subject to change. Before attempting any maintenance operation on the equipment covered in this publication, verify that you have complete and up-to-date publications by referring to the applicable Publications and Service Bulletin Indexes.

SOFTWARE COPYRIGHT NOTICE Copyright 1990-2005 Rockwell Collins, Inc. All rights reserved. All Software resident in this equipment is protected by copyright.

We welcome your comments concerning this manual. Although every effort has been made to keep it free of errors, some may occur. When reporting a specific problem, please describe it briefly and include the manual part number, the paragraph or figure number, and the page number. Send your comments to: Rockwell Collins, Inc. Collins Aviation Services 350 Collins Road NE, M/S 153-250 Cedar Rapids, IA 52498-0001 Email: techmanuals@Rockwellcollins.com All requests for product orders or inquiries please contact. Send your request to: Rockwell Collins, Inc. Customer Response Center 400 Collins Road NE, M/S 133-100 Cedar Rapids, IA 52498-0001 TELEPHONE: 1.888.265.5467 INTERNATIONAL: 1.319.265.5467 FAX: 319.295.4941 response@rockwellcollins.com

Email:

5230775833

INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

NOTE:

The portion of the text affected by the changes is indicated by a vertical line in the outer margins of the page. Changes to illustrations are indicated by shaded or screened areas, or by miniature pointing hands.

Dates of issue for original and changed pages are:

Original . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb 14, 1990 Change 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Apr 8, 1992 Change 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov 9, 1992 Change 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . June 15, 1994 Change 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Apr 01, 1998 Change 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nov 01, 2000 Change 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jun 03, 2002 Change 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 19, 2005
TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES IN THIS PUBLICATION IS 420 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:

Page No.

*Change No.

Page No.

*Change No.

A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 F Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 i. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 iii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 iv Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-4 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

1-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1-58 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

May 19, 2005

*Zero in this column indicates an original page.

5230775833

INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Page No. *Change No.

NOTE:

The portion of the text affected by the changes is indicated by a vertical line in the outer margins of the page. Changes to illustrations are indicated by shaded or screened areas, or by miniature pointing hands.

Page No.

*Change No.

2-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

2-55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-64 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-66 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-68 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-70 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-72 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-74 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-76 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-78 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-80 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-82 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-84 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-86 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-88 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-90 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-92 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-94 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-96 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-98 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-100 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-102 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-104 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

*Zero in this column indicates an original page.

May 19, 2005

5230775833

INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Page No. *Change No.

NOTE:

The portion of the text affected by the changes is indicated by a vertical line in the outer margins of the page. Changes to illustrations are indicated by shaded or screened areas, or by miniature pointing hands.

Page No.

*Change No.

2-105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-106 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-108 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-110 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-112 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-114 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-116 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-118 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-120 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-122 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-124 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-126 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-128 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-130 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-131 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-132 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-134 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-135 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-136 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-138 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-139 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-140 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-142 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-143 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2-144 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

3-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3-34 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-6 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-8 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-12 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-14 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-16 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-18 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-20 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-22 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-24 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-26 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

May 19, 2005

*Zero in this column indicates an original page.

5230775833

INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Page No. *Change No.

NOTE:

The portion of the text affected by the changes is indicated by a vertical line in the outer margins of the page. Changes to illustrations are indicated by shaded or screened areas, or by miniature pointing hands.

Page No.

*Change No.

4-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-28 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-30 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-32 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-34 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-36 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-38 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-40 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-42 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-62 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-64 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-66 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-68 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-70 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-72 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-74 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-76 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

4-77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-78 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-80 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-82 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-84 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-86 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-88 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-90 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-92 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-94 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-96 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-98 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-100 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-102 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-104 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-106 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-108 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-110 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-112 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-114 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-116 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-118 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-120 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4-122 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

*Zero in this column indicates an original page.

May 19, 2005

5230775833

INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Page No. *Change No.

NOTE:

The portion of the text affected by the changes is indicated by a vertical line in the outer margins of the page. Changes to illustrations are indicated by shaded or screened areas, or by miniature pointing hands.

Page No.

*Change No.

5-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

5-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-42 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-44 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-46 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 6-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 6-2 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

May 19, 2005

*Zero in this column indicates an original page.

E/(F Blank)

5230775833

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter Page

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii 1 GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 1.1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 1.2 EQUIPMENT COVERED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 1.2.1 Standard TCAS-94 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 1.2.2 Optional TCAS-94 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 1.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5 1.4 ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5 1.4.1 Purpose of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35 1.4.2 System Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35 1.4.3 Equipment Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37 INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1 2.1 GENERAL- INITIAL INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1 2.1.1 TCAS Equipment, Installation Configuration Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1 2.1.2 Aircraft Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2 2.1.3 Wiring Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3 2.1.4 Program Pins Selection and Strapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3 2.1.5 Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 2.1.6 Equipment Mechanical Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 2.2 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 2.2.1 237Z-1 and ANT-42 L-Band Antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 2.2.2 CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Transponder Controls and CTL-92T TCAS Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 2.2.3 RTU-870F/870T TCAS Radio Tuning Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 2.2.4 RTU-42XX Radio Tuning Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 2.2.5 TDR-94/TDR-94D ATC/Mode S Transponder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 2.2.6 TRE-920 TCAS Directional Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 2.2.7 TTC-920G TCAS and Transponder Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 2.2.8 TTR-920/TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 2.2.9 TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 2.3 INTERCONNECT AND INSTALLATION DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 2.3.1 TCAS Interconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 2.3.2 Pin Function Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 2.3.3 Mating Connectors and Tools Needed for Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 2.3.4 Outline and Mounting Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 2.3.5 Interface (Input/Output) Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1 3.1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1 3.1.1 Equipment Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1 THEORY OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1 4.1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1 4.1.1 Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1 MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1 5.1 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1 5.2 ADJUSTMENT/TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1 5.3 POST INSTALLATION PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1 5.3.1 Preliminary Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1 5.3.2 Preliminary System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1 5.3.3 TCAS System Self-Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2 5.3.4 Extended TCAS Self-Test (-1XX/3XX/4XX TVI units only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3 5.3.5 Test Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3 i

May 19/2005

table of contents

5230775833

Chapter 5.3.6 5.3.7 5.4 5.4.1 5.4.2 5.4.3 5.4.4 5.4.5 5.5 5.5.1 5.5.2 5.6 5.6.1 5.6.2 5.7 5.7.1 5.7.2 5.7.3 5.8 6

Page System Failure Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Diagnostic Data Word Label 350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 FLIGHT LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 TCAS Test Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 TCAS System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 RETURN TO SERVICE TEST PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40 Return to Service Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40 INSPECTION/CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49 Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49 CLEANING/PAINTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49 Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50 APPROVED REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50

Bulletins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1 6.1 SERVICE BULLETINS AND SERVICE INFORMATION LETTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1

ii

May 19/2005

5230775833

INTRODUCTION

To submit comments regarding this manual, please contact: Collins Aviation Services Rockwell Collins, Inc. 400 Collins Rd NE Cedar Rapids, IA 52498-0001 Attn: Technical Operations M/S 153-250 or send email to: techmanuals@rockwellcollins.com

May 19/2005

iii/(iv Blank)

5230775833

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

1.1 GENERAL The Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS-94 system) monitors a radius of approximately 14 nautical miles about the aircraft, and by interrogating any "intruding" aircrafts transponder, determines if a potential airspace conflict exists. This is done by computing the range, differential altitude, bearing, and closure rate of other transponder-equipped aircraft with respect to the TCAS-94 equipped aircraft. Outputs from the TCAS-94 system are voice messages and visual displays on the associated Vertical Speed Indicator/Resolution Advisory/Traffic Advisory (VSI/RA/TA) indicator and traffic advisory indicator. 1.2 EQUIPMENT COVERED Table 1-1 shows the standard TCAS-94 equipment covered in this manual and Table 1-2 shows the optional TCAS-94 equipment covered in this manual. 1.2.1 Standard TCAS-94 Equipment The standard TCAS-94 Avionics System consists of the equipment listed in the table that follows: Table 1-1. Standard TCAS-94 Equipment Covered QTY 1 2 1 1 1 EQUIPMENT TTR-920/TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver (dc powered) TVI-920D TCAS VSI/RA/TA Indicators (dc powered) CTL-92T Control (TCAS) TRE-920 TCAS Directional Antenna (top mounted) 237Z-1 L-band omnidirectional antenna or equivalent (bottom mounted)

NOTE
An equivalent omnidirectional antenna must provide a dc input resistance of less than 1800 . An ac-coupled (capacitive) antenna cannot be used with the TTR-920/921. 2 1 4 TDR-94D ATC/Mode S Transponders CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E (Control (Transponder) ANT-42 L-Band Antenna

1.2.2 Optional TCAS-94 Equipment Optional TCAS-94 Avionics System equipment is listed in the table that follows: Table 1-2. Optional TCAS-94 Equipment Covered QTY 1 1 1 1 2 EQUIPMENT TTR-920/TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver (ac powered) TRE-920/TRE-920C TCAS Directional Antenna - Bottom mounted (Replaces the bottom-mounted 237Z-1 L-band omnidirectional antenna) TDR-94/TDR-94D ATC/Mode S Transponder TTC-920G TCAS and Transponder Control. Controls both TCAS and transponder functions) TVI-920 TCAS VSI/RA/TA Indicators (ac powered) 1-1

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Table 1-2. Optional TCAS-94 Equipment Covered - Continued QTY 2 2 EQUIPMENT RTU-870T Radio Tuning Unit. Controls TCAS, transponder, and communication and navigation functions RTU-42XX Radio Tuning Unit. Controls TCAS, transponder, and communication and navigation functions

Refer to Table 1-3 through Table 1-22 for listings of equipment covered in this manual. Refer to Table 1-23 for a list of associated equipment and Table 1-24 for a list of related publications.

1-2

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Figure 1-1. TCAS-94 Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System

May 19, 2005

1-3/(1-4 Blank)

general information

5230775833

1.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED Refer to Table 1-3 through Table 1-22 for a listing of equipment covered in this manual. Refer to Table 1-23 for a list of associated equipment and Table 1-24 for a list of related publications. 1.4 ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT Table 1-3. 237Z-1 Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 522-2632-000 DESCRIPTION L-band omnidirectional antenna. Resistive coupled. Used with TTR-920/TTR-921 TCAS II Transmitters Receivers and TDR-94/TDR-94D Mode S Transponders. Table 1-4. ANT-42 Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 622-6591-001 L-band omnidirectional antenna. Table 1-5. CTL-92 Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 622-6523-201 622-6523-202 622-6523-203 622-6523-204 622-6523-205 622-6523-206 622-6523-207 622-6523-208 622-6523-209 622-6523-210 622-6523-211 622-6523-212 622-6523-213 622-6523-214 622-6523-215 622-6523-216 622-6523-305 622-6523-306 622-6523-307 May 19, 2005 LIGHTING VOLTAGE 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc FUNCTION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITIONS OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT DUAL XPDR CAPABILITY No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1-5 DESCRIPTION

PANEL COLOR Gray Gray Black Black Gray Gray Black Black Gray Gray Black Black Gray Gray Black Black Gray Gray Black

general information

5230775833

Table 1-5. CTL-92 Equipment Covered. - Continued COLLINS PART NO 622-6523-308 622-6523-313 622-6523-314 622-6523-315 622-6523-316 LIGHTING VOLTAGE 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc FUNCTION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITIONS OFF-STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT DUAL XPDR CAPABILITY Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

PANEL COLOR Black Gray Gray Black Black

NOTE
When CTL-92 Pin P1-X or P1-W is used to operate an external relay for switching purposes, you must use a -2XX unit. The -3XX status has MODE S and MODE A/C displayed instead of 1 and 2 respectively to identify the active transponder. Table 1-6. CTL-92A Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 622-8740-201 622-8740-202 622-8740-203 622-8740-204 622-8740-205 622-8740-206 622-8740-207 622-8740-208 622-8740-209 622-8740-210 622-8740-211 622-8740-212 622-8740-213 622-8740-214 622-8740-215 622-8740-216 622-8740-305 622-8740-306 622-8740-307 622-8740-308 LIGHTING VOLTAGE 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc PANEL COLOR Gray Gray Black Black Gray Gray Black Black Gray Gray Black Black Gray Gray Black Black Gray Gray Black Black FUNCTION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITIONS OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT OFF-STBY-ON-ALT DUAL XPDR CAPABILITY No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

1-6

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Table 1-6. CTL-92A Equipment Covered. - Continued COLLINS PART NO 622-8740-313 622-8740-314 622-8740-315 622-8740-316 LIGHTING VOLTAGE 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc PANEL COLOR Gray Gray Black Black FUNCTION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITIONS STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT STBY-ON-ALT DUAL XPDR CAPABILITY Yes Yes Yes Yes

NOTE
When CTL-92A Pin P1-X or P1-W is used to operate an external relay for switching purposes, you must use a -2XX unit. The -3XX status has MODE S and MODE A/C displayed instead of 1 and 2 respectively to identify the active transponder. Table 1-7. CTL-92E Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 822-1807-001 822-1807-002 822-1807-003 822-1807-004 822-1807-005 822-1807-006 LIGHTING VOLTAGE 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 28 V dc 5 V ac/dc 5 V ac/dc PANEL COLOR Gray Gray Black Black Gray Gray FUNCTION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITIONS OFF-STBY-ON-ALT-FID OFF-STBY-ON-ALT-FID OFF-STBY-ON-ALT-FID OFF-STBY-ON-ALT-FID STBY-ON-ALT-FID STBY-ON-ALT-FID DUAL XPDR CAPABILITY No No Yes Yes No Yes FLIGHT ID CAPABILITY Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Table 1-8. CTL-92T Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 622-9614-001 622-9614-002 622-9614-003 622-9614-004 622-9614-005 622-9614-006 622-9614-007 622-9614-008 622-9614-009 622-9614-010 622-9614-011 May 19, 2005 LIGHTING VOLTAGE 28 V DC X X X X X 5 V AC/DC X X X X X X PANEL COLOR Gray Gray Black Black Gray Gray Black Black Gray Gray Black DISPLAY CONTROL PUSHBUTTONS* M, A/B, R M, A/B, R M, A/B, R M, A/B, R TCAS CONTROL SWITCH POSITIONS STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY OFF-STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY OFF-STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY OFF-STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY 1-7

general information

5230775833

Table 1-8. CTL-92T Equipment Covered. - Continued COLLINS PART NO 622-9614-012 622-9614-013 622-9614-014 622-9614-015 622-9614-016 622-9614-101 622-9614-102 622-9614-103 622-9614-104 622-9614-105 622-9614-106 622-9614-107 622-9614-108 622-9614-109 622-9614-110 622-9614-111 622-9614-112 622-9614-113 622-9614-114 622-9614-115 622-9614-116 LIGHTING VOLTAGE 28 V DC X X X X X X X X X X X 5 V AC/DC X X X X X X X X X X PANEL COLOR Black Gray Gray Black Black Gray Gray Black Black Gray Gray Black Black Gray Gray Black Black Gray Gray Black Black DISPLAY CONTROL PUSHBUTTONS* M, A/B, R M, A/B, R M, A/B, R M, A/B, R M, A/B, R M, A/B, R M, A/B, R M, A/B, R M, A/B, R M, A/B, R M, A/B, R M, A/B, R TCAS CONTROL SWITCH POSITIONS OFF-STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY OFF-STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY OFF-STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY OFF-STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY OFF-STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY OFF-STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY OFF-STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY OFF-STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY OFF-STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY OFF-STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY OFF-STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY OFF-STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY OFF-STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY

NOTE
*Selectable ranges for the CTL-92T are: 5/10/20 NMI for CPN -0XX with pushbuttons and P1-49 open 6/12 NMI for CPN -0XX with pushbuttons and P1-49 grounded 20 NMI for CPN -0XX with no pushbuttons and P1-49 open 12 NMI for CPN -0XX with no pushbuttons and P1-49 grounded 40/20/10/5/3 NMI for CPN -1XX with pushbuttons and P1-49 open 6/12 NMI for CPN -1XX with pushbuttons and P1-49 grounded 5 NMI for CPN -1XX with no pushbuttons and P1-49 open 12 NMI for CPN -1XX with no pushbuttons and P1-49 grounded.

1-8

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Table 1-9. RTU-870F Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 822-1825-101 822-1825-102 822-1825-111 822-1825-112 LIGHTING VOLTAGE 5 V AC/DC 5 V AC/DC 28 V DC 5 V AC/DC PANEL COLOR Gray Gray Gray Black TCAS CONTROL SWITCH POSITIONS STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY STBY-AUTO-TA ONLY FLIGHT ID CAPABILITY Yes Yes Yes Yes

Table 1-10. RTU-870T Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 622-9856-001 622-9856-002 622-9856-005 622-9856-006 622-9856-101 622-9856-102 622-9856-111 622-9856-112 622-9856-121 622-9856-122 622-9856-131 622-9856-132 622-9856-141 622-9856-142 622-9856-151 622-9856-152 DESCRIPTION Radio Tuning Unit. Primary controller for the UHF/VHF COM, VHF NAV/DME, ADF, ATC/TCAS, and TACAN radios. This unit has a gray chassis. Same as above except has a black chassis Same as -002, except has SB 9 installed Same as -001, except has improved inverse TACAN mode operation Same as -002, except has blue/white control lighting Same as -001, except has blue/white control lighting Same as -002 Same as -001 Same as -101, except has SB 13 installed Same as -102, except has SB 13 installed Same as -111, except has SB 13 installed Same as -112, except has SB 13 installed Same as -101 or -121, except has SB 15 installed Same as -102 or -122, except has SB 15 installed Same as -111 or -131, except has SB 15 installed Same as -112 or -132, except has SB 15 installed Table 1-11. RTU-4200 Equipment Covered COLLINS PART NO 822-0668-001 822-0668-002 822-0668-011 822-0668-012 822-0668-021 May 19, 2005 OPTIONS 8.33-kHz TUNING No No Yes Yes Yes VOLUME CONTROL No No No No No PANEL COLOR Black Gray Black Gray Black SB11 No No No No Yes SB501 No No No No No 1-9

general information

5230775833

Table 1-11. RTU-4200 Equipment Covered - Continued COLLINS PART NO 822-0668-022 822-0668-031 822-0668-032 822-0668-101 822-0668-102 822-0668-111 822-0668-112 822-0668-121 822-0668-122 822-0668-131 822-0668-132 822-0668-251 822-0668-254 822-0668-261 822-0668-262 822-0668-264 OPTIONS 8.33-kHz TUNING Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes VOLUME CONTROL No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No PANEL COLOR Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Gray SB11 Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes SB501 No Yes Yes No No No No No No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes

NOTE
1. Standard features include dual COMM/NAV/DME/XPDR/ADF, ON/OFF switch, and PL4 panel lighting. 2. SB 11 adds the capability to control ARINC 718/735 compliant transponders (converts -X1X status to -X2X status). 3. SB 501 adds Flight ID tuning capability (converts -X1X or -X2X to -X3X status). Table 1-12. RTU-4210 Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 822-0836-001 822-0836-002 822-0836-004 822-0836-005 822-0836-006 822-0836-014 822-0836-015 822-0836-016 822-0836-024 ON/OFF SWITCH No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 8.33-kHz TUNING No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes THIRD HF COMM No No No No No No No No No VOLUME Control No No No No No No No No No PANEL COLOR Black Gray Gray Black Gray Gray Black Gray Gray SB 11 No No No No No Yes No No Yes SB 501 No No No No No No No No No

1-10

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Table 1-12. RTU-4210 Equipment Covered. - Continued COLLINS PART NO 822-0836-025 822-0836-026 822-0836-034 822-0836-035 822-0836-036 822-0836-103 822-0836-104 822-0836-113 822-0836-114 822-0836-123 822-0836-124 822-0836-133 822-0836-134 822-0836-203 822-0836-204 822-0836-213 822-0836-214 822-0836-223 822-0836-224 822-0836-233 822-0836-234 822-0836-303 822-0836-304 822-0836-313 822-0836-314 822-0836-323 822-0836-324 822-0836-333 822-0836-334 822-0836-434 ON/OFF SWITCH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 8.33-kHz TUNING Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes THIRD HF COMM No No No No No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes VOLUME Control No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No PANEL COLOR Black Gray Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Gray SB 11 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes SB 501 No No Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes

NOTE
1. Standard features include dual COMM/NAV/DME/XPDR/ADF, ON/OFF switch, and PL4 panel lighting. 2. SB 11 adds the capability to control ARINC 718/735 compliant transponders (converts -X1X status to -X2X status). 3. SB 501 adds Flight ID tuning capability (converts -X1X or -X2X to -X3X status). May 19, 2005 1-11

general information

5230775833

Table 1-13. RTU-4220 Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 822-0730-001 822-0730-002 822-0730-011 822-0730-012 822-0730-021 822-0730-022 822-0730-031 822-0730-032 822-0730-101 822-0730-102 822-0730-111 822-0730-112 822-0730-121 822-0730-122 822-0730-131 822-0730-132 822-0730-201 822-0730-202 822-0730-204 822-0730-211 822-0730-212 822-0730-214 822-0730-221 822-0730-222 822-0730-224 822-0730-231 822-0730-232 822-0730-234 822-0730-301 822-0730-302 822-0730-304 822-0730-311 822-0730-312 OPTIONS UNIQUE COLORS No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No Yes No No Yes No No Yes No No Yes No No Yes No No 8.33-kHz TUNING No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes SECOND HF No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes VOLUME CONTROL No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes PANEL COLOR Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Black Gray Gray Black Gray Gray Black Gray Gray Black Gray Gray Black Gray Gray Black Gray SB 11 No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No SB 501 No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No No No No No

1-12

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Table 1-13. RTU-4220 Equipment Covered. - Continued COLLINS PART NO 822-0730-314 822-0730-321 822-0730-322 822-0730-324 822-0730-331 822-0730-332 822-0730-334 822-0730-451 822-0730-454 822-0730-461 822-0730-462 822-0730-464 OPTIONS UNIQUE COLORS Yes No No Yes No No Yes No No No No No 8.33-kHz TUNING Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes SECOND HF Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes VOLUME CONTROL Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No PANEL COLOR Gray Black Gray Gray Black Gray Gray Black Gray Black Gray Gray SB 11 No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes SB 501 No No No No Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes

NOTE
1. Standard features include dual COMM/NAV/DME/XPDR/ADF, single TCAS/HF-9000/third COMM, ON/OFF switch, and PL4 panel lighting. 2. SB 11 adds the capability to control ARINC 718/735 compliant transponders (converts -X1X status to -X2X status). 3. SB 501 adds Flight ID tuning capability (converts -X1X or -X2X to -X3X status). Table 1-14. RTU-4280 Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 822-0923002 822-0923012 OPTIONS UNIQUE COLORS No No 8.33-kHz TUNING No Yes SECOND HF Yes Yes VOLUME CONTROL No No PANEL COLOR Gray Gray SB 11 No No SB 501 No No

May 19, 2005

1-13

general information

5230775833

Table 1-14. RTU-4280 Equipment Covered. - Continued COLLINS PART NO 822-0923032 OPTIONS UNIQUE COLORS No 8.33-kHz TUNING Yes SECOND HF Yes VOLUME CONTROL No PANEL COLOR Gray SB 11 Yes SB 501 Yes

NOTE
1. Software in this unit is customized for the Gulfstream G5 aircraft. The appearance of this unit differs from that of other RTUs in the RTU-42X0 family in that it has five dedicated pushbutton function keys located under the type LCD display. 2. This unit is designed for indicating light panel mounting with the integral Dzus fasteners. The panel lighting is compatible with +28 V dc, +5 V dc, or 5 V ac LCD dimming sources and +5 V dc or 5 V ac panel lighting sources. 3. Standard features include dual COMM/NAV/DME/XPDR/ADF/HF, single TCAS/third COMM, ON/OFF switch, and PL4 panel lighting. 4. SB 11 adds the capability to control ARINC 718/735 compliant transponders (converts -X1X status to -X2X status). 5. SB 501 adds Flight ID tuning capability (converts -X1X or -X2X to -X3X status). Table 1-15. TDR-94 Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 622-9352-002 622-9352-003 622-9352-004 622-9352-005 622-9352-006 622-9352-007 DESCRIPTION Mode A, C, and S diversity transponder. Replaced by -003. Same as -002, except contains mandated SB 6 and SB 10 for operational upgrades. Provides full TCAS compatibility features. Updates -003 to CLASS 3A/ADS-B capability and sourced with digital altitude only. Same as -004 except sourced with digital or Gillham altitude. Same as -005 except modified to interface with non-Collins TCAS units. Same as -006 except modified with SB 13 and SB 501 to support Elementary Surveillance (Flight ID) and Enhanced Surveillance. Refer to All Avionics SIL 1-04, Enhanced Surveillance General Interconnect Guidelines for further details. Same as -007 except modified with SB 502 to support Elementary Surveillance (Flight ID) and Enhanced Surveillance. Refer to All Avionics SIL 1-04, Enhanced Surveillance General Interconnect Guidelines for further details. Same as -008 except modified with SB 503 to support ADS-B.

622-9352-008

622-9352-108

1-14

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Table 1-16. TDR-94D Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 622-9210-002 622-9210-003 622-9210-004 622-9210-005 622-9210-006 622-9210-007 DESCRIPTION Mode A, C, and S diversity transponder. Replaced by -003. Same as -002, except contains mandated SB 6 and SB 10 for operational upgrades. Provides full TCAS compatibility features. Updates -003 to CLASS 3A/ADS-B capability and sourced with digital altitude only. Same as -004 except sourced with digital or Gillham altitude. Same as -005 except modified to interface with non-Collins TCAS units. Same as -006 except modified with SB 13 and SB 501 to support Elementary Surveillance (Flight ID) and Enhanced Surveillance. Refer to All Avionics SIL 1-04, Enhanced Surveillance General Interconnect Guidelines for further details. Same as -007 except modified with SB 502 to support Elementary Surveillance (Flight ID) and Enhanced Surveillance. Refer to All Avionics SIL 1-04, Enhanced Surveillance General Interconnect Guidelines for further details. Same as -008 except modified with SB 503 to support ADS-B. Table 1-17. TRE-920 Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 622-8973-001 DESCRIPTION TCAS directional antenna. Generates both vertically polarized and omnidirectional radiation patterns. Flat mounting base. Table 1-18. TTC-920G Equipment Covered COLLINS PART NO 822-0078-001 TCAS CONTROL RANGE: ABOVE, N, BELOW (9000 ft) MODE: STBY, TA/RA, TA, XPDR TEST: Yes RANGE: N/A MODE: STBY, TA/RA, TA, XPDR TEST: Yes RANGE: ABOVE, N, BELOW (9000 ft) MODE: STBY, TA/RA, TA, XPDR TEST: Yes RANGE: N/A MODE: STBY, TA/RA, TA, XPDR TEST: Yes RANGE: N/A MODE: STBY, TA/RA, TA, XPDR TEST: Yes TRANSPONDER CONTROL ALT: 1, OFF, 2 IDENT: Yes XPDR: 1, 2 ALT: 1, OFF, 2 IDENT: Yes XPDR: 1, 2 ALT: 1, OFF, 2 IDENT: Yes XPDR: 1, 2 ALT: 1, OFF, 2 IDENT: Yes XPDR: 1, 2 ALT: ALT, OFF IDENT: Yes XPDR: 1, 2 COLOR Controls: N/A Panel: Gray Knobs: Gray Controls: TFC/RNG Panel: Gray Knobs: Gray Controls: N/A Panel: Gray Knobs: Gray Controls: N/A Panel: Gray Knobs: Gray Controls: N/A Panel: Gray Knobs: Gray LTG PWR 28 V dc

622-9210-008

622-9210-108

822-0078-002

5 V ac

822-0078-003

5 V ac

822-0078-005

5 V ac

822-0078-006

5 V ac

May 19, 2005

1-15

general information

5230775833

Table 1-18. TTC-920G Equipment Covered - Continued COLLINS PART NO 822-0078-201 TCAS CONTROL RANGE: ABOVE, N, BELOW (9000 ft) MODE: STBY, TA/RA, TA, XPDR TEST: Yes RANGE: N/A MODE: STBY, TA/RA, TA, XPDR TEST: Yes RANGE: ABOVE, N, BELOW (9000 FT) MODE: STBY, TA/RA, TA, XPDR TEST: Yes RANGE: NA MODE: STBY, TA/RA, TA, XPDR TEST: Yes RANGE: NA MODE: STBY, TA/RA, TA, XPDR TEST: Yes TRANSPONDER CONTROL ALT: 1, OFF, 2 IDENT: Yes XPDR: 1, 2 ALT: 1, OFF, 2 IDENT: Yes XPDR: 1, 2 ALT: 1, OFF, 2 IDENT: Yes XPDR: 1, 2 ALT: 1, OFF, 2 IDENT: Yes XPDR: 1, 2 ALT: ALT, OFF IDENT: Yes XPDR: 1, 2 COLOR Controls: N/A Panel: Black Knobs: Black Controls: TFC/RNG Panel: Black Knobs: Black Controls: N/A Panel: Black Knobs: Black Controls: N/A Panel: Black Knobs: Black Controls: N/A Panel: Black Knobs: Black LTG PWR 28 V dc

822-0078-202

5 V ac

822-0078-203

5 V ac

822-0078-205

5 V ac

822-0078-206

5 V ac

Table 1-19. TTR-920 Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 622-8971-014 622-8971-020 622-8971-022 622-8971-120 622-8971-122 622-8971-320 622-8971-322 622-8971-420 622-8971-422 622-8971-500 622-8971-522 622-8971-612 622-8971-620 622-8971-622 622-8971-700 622-8971-820 1-16 DESCRIPTION Similar to -012 except for BITE for ABD0048 specification, alternate AOA table and expanded memory. Ac unit; same as -012 except has SB 16 installed. Same as -020 except has SB R installed. Dc unit; same as -112 except with SB 16. Same as -120 except has SB R installed. Dc unit; same as -014 except with SB 18. Same as -320 except has SB U installed. Dc unit; same as -120 except TSO approved for altitudes up to 55,000 feet. (SB F) Same as -420 except has SB R installed. Ac unit. Same as -500 except has SB T installed. Dc unit; same as -012 except for special analog radio altimeter circuits for I1-96 aircraft. Dc unit; same as -612 except with SB 18. Same as -620 except has SB R installed. Same as 500 except programmed with software specific for McDonnell Douglas MD-11 aircraft. Dc unit; same as -120 except aural messages are active down to 500 ft. May 19, 2005 Change 7.0 software update 6.04A enhanced software change Change 7.0 software update 6.04A enhanced software change 6.04A enhanced software change Change 7.0 software update 6.04A enhanced software change 6.04A enhanced software change Change 7.0 software update 6.04A enhanced software change Change 7.0 software update 6.04A enhanced software change Change 7.0 software update COMMENTS

general information

5230775833

Table 1-19. TTR-920 Equipment Covered. - Continued COLLINS PART NO DESCRIPTION COMMENTS

NOTE
The seven units listed below are obsolete and are not authorized for use in US airspace after December 31, 1994. 622-8971-001 Basic TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver. Contains all circuits necessary for computing, transmitting, and receiving functions of TCAS system and interfacing with transponder(s), antennas, and display. Requires 115-V ac, 400-Hz primary power. Same as -001 except has SB 6 installed. Ac unit; same as -002 except has SB 7 installed. Ac unit, same as -011 except has SB 10 installed. Same as -002 except requires 28-V dc primary power. Dc unit, same as -102 except has SB 7 installed. Dc unit, same as -111 except has SB 10 installed. Table 1-20. TTR-921 Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 822-1293-001 DESCRIPTION TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver. Contains all circuits necessary for computing, transmitting, and receiving functions of TCAS system and interfacing with transponder(s), antennas, and display. May be powerd by 28 V DC or 115 V AC, 400 Hz but not both. Contains Boeing version of maintenance computer interface information. Replacement for -001. Contains Boeing version of maintenance computer interface information. Same as -001 except has Boeing-Douglas version of maintenance computer interface information. Same as -001 except has Airbus version of maintenance computer interface information. COMMENTS Replaced by 822-1293-002, Change 7.0 software Product improvement Software change Prototype unit, never certified for commercial use

622-8971-002 622-8971-011 622-8971-012 622-8971-102 622-8971-111 622-8971-112

Monitoring and self-test modification Product improvement Software change

822-1293-002 822-1293-220 822-1293-320

Change 7.0 software

May 19, 2005

1-17

general information

5230775833

Table 1-21. TVI-920 Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 622-9353-003 622-9353-005 622-9353-011 622-9353-013 AVAILABLE CONTROL PUSH BUTTONS MODE ABOVE/ BELOW RANGE DIGITAL VS INPUT FORMAT ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 BEZEL COLOR Brown Brown Black Black

COMMENT

Interchangeable with -005. Interchangeable with -003. May be replaced by -113. See Notes 1 and 9. May be replaced by -113. Interchangeable with -015. See Notes 1 and 9. Interchangeable with -013. May be replaced by -123. See Notes 1 and 9. May be replaced by -123. Interchangeable with -025. See Notes 1 and 9. Interchangeable with -023. May be replaced by -113. See Notes 2 and 4. Replacement for -011, -013, and -111. Interchangeable with -115. See Notes 1, 2, 4, and 6. Interchangeable with -113. May be replaced by -123. See Notes 2 and 4. Replacement for -021, -023, and -121. Interchangeable with -125. See Notes 1, 2, 4, and 6. Interchangeable with -123. May be replaced by -413. See Notes 1 and 9. May be replaced by -413. Interchangeable with -215. See Notes 1 and 9.

622-9353-015 622-9353-021 622-9353-023

Black Gray Gray

622-9353-025 622-9353-111 622-9353-113

Gray Black Black

622-9353-115 622-9353-121 622-9353-123

ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429

Black Gray Gray

622-9353-125 622-9353-211 622-9353-213

X X

X X

ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429

Gray Black Black

1-18

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Table 1-21. TVI-920 Equipment Covered. - Continued COLLINS PART NO 622-9353-215 622-9353-221 622-9353-223 AVAILABLE CONTROL PUSH BUTTONS MODE X X X ABOVE/ BELOW RANGE X X X DIGITAL VS INPUT FORMAT ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 BEZEL COLOR Black Gray Gray

COMMENT

Interchangeable with -213. May be replaced by -423. See Notes 1 and 9. May be replaced by -423. Interchangeable with -225. See Notes 1 and 9. Interchangeable with -223. May be replaced by -313. See Notes 2 and 3. Replacement for -311. Interchangeable with -315. See Notes 2 and 3. Interchangeable with -313. May be replaced by -323. See Notes 2 and 3. Replacement for -321. Interchangeable with -325. See Notes 2 and 3. Interchangeable with -323. Interchangeable with -405. Interchangeable with -403. May be replaced by -413. See Note 2. Replacement for -211, -213, and -411. Interchangeable with -415. See Notes 1, 2, 6, and 7. Interchangeable with -413. May be replaced by -423. See Note 2.

622-9353-225 622-9353-311 622-9353-313

X X

X X X

Gray Black Black

622-9353-315 622-9353-321 622-9353-323

X X X

X X X

Black Gray Gray

622-9353-325 622-9353-403 622-9353-405 622-9353-411 622-9353-413

X X X X

X X X X X

Gray Brown Brown Black Black

622-9353-415 622-9353-421

X X

X X

ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429

Black Gray

May 19, 2005

1-19

general information

5230775833

Table 1-21. TVI-920 Equipment Covered. - Continued COLLINS PART NO 622-9353-423 AVAILABLE CONTROL PUSH BUTTONS MODE X ABOVE/ BELOW RANGE X DIGITAL VS INPUT FORMAT ARINC 419/429 BEZEL COLOR Gray

COMMENT

Replacement for -221, -223, and -421. Interchangeable with -425. See Notes 1, 2, 6, and 7. Interchangeable with -423. Interchangeable with -625. Interchangeable with -623.

622-9353-425 622-9353-623 622-9353-625

X X X

X X X

ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429

Gray Gray Gray

NOTE
1. Displays conventional vertical speed along with TCAS II RA, TA, PT, and other traffic data. The display medium is a full-color, flat-panel LCD. Air data interfaces include all common electrical and pneumatic sources as well as ARINC 429 data supplied by the TTR-920/921. TVI-920 units are ac powered. All TVI-920D units are dc powered, but function identically to the corresponding TVI-920 units. 2. Same as described in Note 1 but has extended system test and extended TCAS range capabilities. The 15 second time-out between absolute altitude display and relative altitude display occurs regardless of ownership altitude. 3. Provides local control of the TCAS above/below function. Local control of the Full Time/Pop Up mode is removed with this configuration. 4. Requires a properly strapped 622-9614-1XX status CTL-92T in order to display the 40/20/10/5/3 nautical mile (nmi) ranges. Installations using a TTC-920G can only display the 6 and 12 nmi ranges. 5. All models of TVI-920 and TVI-920D accept ARINC 565, ARINC 575 DC, and pneumatic VS inputs. Refer to Figure 402 or Figure 502 for installation strapping requirements. 6. All 622-9353-0XX and 622-9353-2XX units have been discontinued. Substitute applicable 622-9353-1XX status units for 622-9353-0XX status units. Substitute 622-9353-4XX status units for 622-9353-2XX status units. Refer to the Comment column for specific substitutions. 7. Substituting a 622-9353-4XX status for a 622-9353-2XX status requires a strap between P1-17 and common (P1-15) at the rear connector. This assigns the MODE function to the left control push button. 8. For Manchester input formats consisting of ADS-85/-86 systems, SB #18 must be installed in the ADC to ensure compatibility. 9. -013, -023, -024, -213, -214, -223, and 224 status units have LCD upgrade hardware. 10. Color Definitions: Black: Color FED-STD-595, 37038 Gray: Color FED-STD-595, 36118 11. Control push buttons are used for mode, above/below, and range selection depending upon unit part number. Users have the option of locating these control functions on the TVI-920/920D or the TCAS control (either the TTC-920G TCAS (ARINC 429) control or the CTL-92T TCAS (CSDB) control) but not on both the display and the control.

1-20

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Table 1-22. TVI-920D Equipment Covered. COLLINS PART NO 622-9728-011 622-9728-012 622-9728-013 AVAILABLE CONTROL PUSH BUTTONS MODE ABOVE/ BELOW RANGE DIGITAL VS INPUT FORMAT ARINC 419/429 Manchester ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 Manchester ARINC 419/429 Manchester BEZEL COLOR Black Black Black

COMMENTS

May be replaced by -113. See Notes 1 and 9. May be replaced by -114. See Notes 1 and 8. May be replaced by -113. Interchangeable with -015. See Notes 1 and 9. Interchangeable with -013. May be replaced by -123. See Notes 1 and 9. May be replaced by -124. See Notes 1 and 9. May be replaced by -123. Interchangeable with -025. See Notes 1 and 9. May be replaced by -124. Interchangeable with -026. See Notes 1 and 9. Interchangeable with -023. Interchangeable with -024. May be replaced by -113. See Notes 2 and 4. May be replaced by -114. See Notes 2, 4, and 8. Replacement for -011, -013, and -111. Interchangeable with -115. See Notes 1, 2, 4, and 6. Replacement for -012 and -112. Interchangeable with -116. See Notes 1, 2, 4, and 6. Interchangeable with -113. Interchangeable with -114. May be replaced by -123. See Notes 2 and 4.

622-9728-015 622-9728-021 622-9728-022 622-9728-023

Black Gray Gray Gray

622-9728-024

Gray

622-9728-025 622-9728-026 622-9728-111 622-9728-112 622-9728-113

ARINC 419/429 Manchester ARINC 419/429 Manchester ARINC 419/429

Gray Gray Black Black Black

622-9728-114

Manchester

Black

622-9728-115 622-9728-116 622-9728-121

ARINC 419/429 Manchester ARINC 419/429

Black Black Gray

May 19, 2005

1-21

general information

5230775833

Table 1-22. TVI-920D Equipment Covered. - Continued COLLINS PART NO 622-9728-122 622-9728-123 AVAILABLE CONTROL PUSH BUTTONS MODE ABOVE/ BELOW RANGE DIGITAL VS INPUT FORMAT Manchester ARINC 419/429 BEZEL COLOR Gray Gray

COMMENTS

May be replaced by -124. See Notes 2, 4, and 8. Replacement for -021, -023, and -121. Interchangeable with -125. See Notes 1, 2, 4, and 6. Replacement for -022, -024, and -122. Interchangeable with -126. See Notes 1, 2, 4, and 6. Interchangeable with -123. Interchangeable with -124. May be replaced by -413. See Notes 1 and 9. May be replaced by -414. See Notes 1 and 9. May be replaced by -413. Interchangeable with -215. See Notes 1 and 9. May be replaced by -414. Interchangeable with -216. See Notes 1 and 9. Interchangeable with -213. Interchangeable with -214. May be replaced by -423. See Notes 1 and 9. May be replaced by -424. See Notes 1 and 9. May be replaced by -423. Interchangeable with -225. See Notes 1 and 9. May be replaced by -424. Interchangeable with -226. See Notes 1 and 9. Interchangeable with -223. Interchangeable with -224.

622-9728-124

Manchester

Gray

622-9728-125 622-9728-126 622-9728-211 622-9728-212 622-9728-213

X X X

X X X

ARINC 419/429 Manchester ARINC 419/429 Manchester ARINC 419/429 Manchester

Gray Gray Black Black Black

622-9728-214

Black

622-9728-215 622-9728-216 622-9728-221 622-9728-222 622-9728-223

X X X X X

X X X X X

ARINC 419/429 Manchester ARINC 419/429 Manchester ARINC 419/429 Manchester

Black Black Gray Gray Gray

622-9728-224

Gray

622-9728-225 622-9728-226

X X

X X

ARINC 419/429 Manchester

Gray Gray

1-22

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Table 1-22. TVI-920D Equipment Covered. - Continued COLLINS PART NO 622-9728-311 622-9728-312 622-9728-313 AVAILABLE CONTROL PUSH BUTTONS MODE ABOVE/ BELOW X X X RANGE X X X DIGITAL VS INPUT FORMAT ARINC 419/429 Manchester ARINC 419/429 Manchester BEZEL COLOR Black Black Black

COMMENTS

May be replaced by -313. See Notes 2 and 3. May be replaced by -314. See Notes 2, 3, and 8. Replacement for -311. Interchangeable with -315. See Notes 2 and 3. Replacement for -312. Interchangeable with -316. See Notes 2 and 3. Interchangeable with -313. Interchangeable with -314. May be replaced by -323. See Notes 2 and 3. May be replaced by -324. See Notes 2, 3, and 8. Replacement for -321. Interchangeable with -325. See Notes 2 and 3. Replacement for -322. Interchangeable with -326. See Notes 2 and 3. Interchangeable with -323. Interchangeable with -324. May be replaced by -413. See Note 2. May be replaced by -414. See Notes 2 and 8. Replacement for -211, -213, and -411. Interchangeable with -415. See Notes 1, 2, 6, and 7. Replacement for -212, -214, and -412. Interchangeable with -416. See Notes 1, 2, 6, and 7. Interchangeable with -413.

622-9728-314

Black

622-9728-315 622-9728-316 622-9728-321 622-9728-322 622-9728-323

X X X X X

X X X X X

ARINC 419/429 Manchester ARINC 419/429 Manchester ARINC 419/429 Manchester

Black Black Gray Gray Gray

622-9728-324

Gray

622-9728-325 622-9728-326 622-9728-411 622-9728-412 622-9728-413

X X X

X X

X X X X X

ARINC 419/429 Manchester ARINC 419/429 Manchester ARINC 419/429

Gray Gray Black Black Black

622-9728-414

Manchester

Black

622-9728-415

Manchester

Black

May 19, 2005

1-23

general information

5230775833

Table 1-22. TVI-920D Equipment Covered. - Continued COLLINS PART NO 622-9728-416 622-9728-421 622-9728-422 622-9728-423 AVAILABLE CONTROL PUSH BUTTONS MODE X X X X ABOVE/ BELOW RANGE X X X X DIGITAL VS INPUT FORMAT ARINC 419/429 ARINC 419/429 Manchester ARINC 419/429 BEZEL COLOR Black Gray Gray Gray

COMMENTS

Interchangeable with -414. May be replaced by -423. See Note 2. May be replaced by -424. See Notes 2 and 8. Replacement for -221, -223, and -421. Interchangeable with -425. See Notes 1, 2, 6, and 7. Replacement for -222, -224, and -422. Interchangeable with -426. See Notes 1, 2, 6, and 7. Interchangeable with -423.

622-9728-424

Manchester

Gray

622-9728-425

ARINC 419/429

Gray

1-24

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Table 1-22. TVI-920D Equipment Covered. - Continued COLLINS PART NO 622-9728-426 AVAILABLE CONTROL PUSH BUTTONS MODE X ABOVE/ BELOW RANGE X DIGITAL VS INPUT FORMAT Manchester BEZEL COLOR Gray

COMMENTS

Interchangeable with -424.

NOTE
1. Displays conventional vertical speed along with TCAS II RA, TA, PT, and other traffic data. The display medium is a full-color, flat-panel LCD. Air data interfaces include all common electrical and pneumatic sources as well as ARINC 429 data supplied by the TTR-920/921. TVI-920 units are ac powered. All TVI-920D units are dc powered, but function identically to the corresponding TVI-920 units. 2. Same as described in Note 1 but has extended system test and extended TCAS range capabilities. The 15 second time-out between absolute altitude display and relative altitude display occurs regardless of ownership altitude. 3. Provides local control of the TCAS above/below function. Local control of the Full Time/Pop Up mode is removed with this configuration. 4. Requires a properly strapped 622-9614-1XX status CTL-92T in order to display the 40/20/10/5/3 nautical mile (nmi) ranges. Installations using a TTC-920G can only display the 6 and 12 nmi ranges. 5. All models of TVI-920 and TVI-920D accept ARINC 565, ARINC 575 DC, and pneumatic VS inputs. Refer to Figure 402 or Figure 502 for installation strapping requirements. 6. All 622-9353-0XX and 622-9353-2XX units have been discontinued. Substitute applicable 622-9353-1XX status units for 622-9353-0XX status units. Substitute 622-9353-4XX status units for 622-9353-2XX status units. Refer to the Collins Part Number Substitute Status column for specific substitutions. 7. Substituting a 622-9353-4XX status for a 622-9353-2XX status requires a strap between P1-17 and P1-15 (common) at the rear connector. This assigns the MODE function to the left control push button. 8. For Manchester input formats consisting of ADS-85/86 systems, SB 18 must be installed in the ADC to ensure compatibility. 9. -013, -023, -024, -213, -214, -223, and 224 status units have LCD upgrade hardware. 10. Color Definitions: Black: Color FED-STD-595, 37038 Gray: Color FED-STD-595, 36118 11. Control push buttons are used for mode, above/below, and range selection depending upon unit part number. Users have the option of locating these control functions on the TVI-920/920D or the TCAS control (either the TTC-920G TCAS (ARINC 429) control or the CTL-92T TCAS (CSDB) control) but not on both the display and the control. Table 1-23. List Of Associated Equipment. MODEL NUMBER ALI-850B DESCRIPTION Altitude Indicator; can be used as a TA display device. COLLINS PART NO 622-9238-041 or 622-9238-042

May 19, 2005

1-25

general information

5230775833

Table 1-23. List Of Associated Equipment. - Continued MODEL NUMBER ALT-55B DESCRIPTION Radio Altimeter System, used for low level radio altitude data. COLLINS PART NO 622-2855-001, 622-2855-002, 622-2855-011, or 622-2855-012 Refer to applicable EFIS literature for compatible MFD units.

MPU-85( ) or MPU-86( )

Provides interface to EFIS display device for TA display.

Table 1-24. Related Publications. PUBLICATION Collins TDR-94/94D ATC/Mode S Transponder System Instruction Book Pro Line II Comm/Nav/Pulse System Installation Manual RTU-42X0 Radio Tuning Unit Installation Section RTU-4200/4210/4220 Radio Tuning Unit Pilots Guide Table 1-25. Service Bulletin List SERVICE BULLETIN NO SERVICE BULLETIN SUBJECT SB ED/REV NUMBER SB DATE (ED/REV) ATA NUMBER None None None None COLLINS PART NUMBER 523-0775652 523-0772719 523-0778075 523-0777900

NOTE
This list reflects the initial edition and latest applicable revision of the Service Bulletin (SB) or Service Information Letter (SIL). TCAS-94 SYSTEM SIL 1-92 SIL 2-92 SIL 3-92 SIL 1-99 SB 1 SB 2 SB 3 SB 4 SB 5 SB 6 1-26 TRE-920 antenna mounting Altitude source interface TCAS - transponder suppression interface Dual-Gillham Altitude Comparison CTL-92/CTL-92A CONTROL Correct altitude display error that occurs in self-test Improve locking pawl retention Improve mechanical integrity Add static protection Not issued Not issued May 19, 2005 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/1 Jan 6/84 Aug 30/84 Sep 17/85 Jan 16/86 Jan 16/86 Apr 14/86 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 May 12/92 May 12/92 Aug 24/92 Sep 15/99

general information

5230775833

Table 1-25. Service Bulletin List - Continued SERVICE BULLETIN NO SB 7 SB 8 SB 9 SB 10 SB 11 SB 12 SB 13 SB 14 SB 15 SB 16 SB 17 SB 18 SB 19 SB 20 SB 21 SB 22 SB 23 SB 24 SB 25 SB 26 SB 27 SB 28 SB 29 SB 500 SB 501 SERVICE BULLETIN SUBJECT Display circuit card assembly replacement EMI filter capacitor replacement Improve encoded altimeter altitude reporting Improve display dimming Improve control reliability in high humidity environment Enhance sunlight readability (converts CTL-X2 to CTL-X2A) Enhance sunlight readability (converts CTL-X2 to CTL-X2A) Improvement immunity to excessive aircraft voltage transients Superseded by SB 17 Ensure initial power-up and dimming operation at cold temperatures Reduce EMI emissions (supersedes SB 15) Not issued Not issued Facilitate dual transponder operation (converts -0XX to -2XX) Reduce comm interference Ensure front panel switch operation Superseded by SB 26 Converts CTL-X2A to CTL-X2 Processor circuit card assembly update Prevent intermittent memory loss (supersedes SB 23) Modify 28 V dc switched output operation Converts lighting from 28 V to 5 V (converts even top level dash numbers to odd numbers) Identify active transponder (converts -0XX/-2XX to -3XX) Converts front panel color from black to gray Converts front panel color from gray to black 1/0 1/4 1/0 1/0 1/2 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/0 1/5 1/0 1/2 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/1 1/0 Nov 8/90 Aug 27/98 Nov 15/90 Jun 19/91 Jan 13/92 Jul 23/91 Nov 4/91 Sep 25/91 Dec 16/91 Nov 14/00 Dec 18/91 Oct 16/92 Apr 28/93 Jun 10/93 Aug 24/92 Oct 29/99 Aug 24/92 Jun 6/00 Jun 15/00 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/1 1/0 Aug 4/88 May 17/91 Sep 7/88 Jan 6/89 Sep 25/89 Nov 3/89 May 9/89 SB ED/REV NUMBER 1/0 1/2 1/0 1/2 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/1 1/0 SB DATE (ED/REV) Mar 7/86 Sep 12/89 Apr 21/86 Aug 3/87 May 13/86 Oct 30/87 Sep 11/87 Feb 23/88 Feb 16/88

May 19, 2005

1-27

general information

5230775833

Table 1-25. Service Bulletin List - Continued SERVICE BULLETIN NO SB A SB B SIL 1-85 SIL 1-86 SIL 2-86 SIL 1-88 SIL 1-89 SIL 1-93 SB 1 SB 2 SB 3 SB 4 SB 5 SB 6 SB 7 Not issued Prevent intermittent memory loss Readjustment of display threshold voltage Not issued Identify causes of intermittent operation Flight line adjustment of threshold voltage Panel lighting lamp replacement A2/A5 circuit card replacement CTL-92T TCAS/TRANSPONDER CONTROL Superseded by SB 2 Conform to operational base line configuration Correct intermittent start-up Provide compatibility with Collins TVI-920( ) and Honeywell DV-910 indicators Add extended range selections (converts -0XX to -1XX) Activate traffic display mode selection Reduce dual transponder lock-up RTU-870T REMOTE TUNING UNIT SB 1 - SB 7 SB 8 SB 9 SB 10 SB 11 SB 12 SB 13 SB 14 These Service Bulletins do not apply to the RTU-870T Update to operational base line configuration Update for inverse TACAN mode (converts -002 to -005) Converts to standard Pro Line 4 lighting (converts -11X status to -10X status) Ensure operation with dual Mode-S transponder Prevent display blinking Ensure compatibility with TVI-920( ) TCAS Display (converts -10X status to -12X) (converts -11X status to -13X) Ensure compatibility with MLS systems (converts -10X/ -12X status to -14X) (converts -11X/-13X status to -15X) (superseded by SB 15) Ensure compatibility with MLS systems (converts -10X/ -12X status to -14X) (converts -11X/-13X status to -15X) (supersedes SB 14) 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 Sep 24/91 Oct 7/91 Mar 24/92 Jan 18/93 Jun 10/93 Oct 7/93 Feb 23/94 Aug 26/94 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/1 Oct 30/90 Oct 30/90 Feb 13/91 Oct 21/91 Jun 29/92 Aug 26/93 Jun 25/97 Jun 26/97 1/0 1/0 1/2 1/0 1/0 Mar 21/86 Apr 18/88 Jan 22/99 May 4/89 Apr 28/93 1/0 1/0 1/1 Feb 2/89 Nov 5/85 Apr 18/88 SERVICE BULLETIN SUBJECT SB ED/REV NUMBER SB DATE (ED/REV)

SB 15

1/0

Mar 13/95

1-28

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Table 1-25. Service Bulletin List - Continued SERVICE BULLETIN NO SB 17 SB 18 SB 1 SB 2 SB 3 SERVICE BULLETIN SUBJECT Provides eight 33 kHz tuning (converts RTU-870T to RTU-870C) Replace obsolete ARINC UART IC RTU-4210, RTU-4220, RTU-4280 REMOTE TUNING UNIT Reduce intermittent display blinking (RTU-4210/-4280 only) Enhance unit reliability (RTU-4210/-4280 only) Enable TCAS Mode Selection on Top Level Display Page (RTU-4210 only) (converts -003 status to -005 status) (converts -004 status to -006 status) Reduce adverse display effects from RF noise Reduce the possibility of erroneous cross-side radio tuning (RTU-4210/-4220 only) Reduce probability of data bus corruption Improve Laser-Ref 2 interface (RTU-4210 and RTU-4220 only) Resolve display power-up problem Converts RTU-4200 to RTU-4210/RTU-4230 (RTU-4200 only) Add 8.33 kHz tuning capability (converts -X0X status to -X1X status) Add capability to control ARINC 718/735 Compliant Transponders (converts -X1X status to -X2X status) (RTU-4200/RTU-4210/RTU-4220 only) Update to operational baseline configuration (RTU-4200 only) Update to operational baseline configuration (RTU-4220 only) Update to operational baseline configuration (RTU-4280 only) Add Honeywell RCZ Transponder Interface Capability (RTU-4210 only) TDR-94/TDR-94D ATC/MODE S TRANSPONDER SB 1 SB 2 SB 3 SB 4 SB 5 Converts -001 to -002 Status Improve Burst Tuning Interface, Self-Test Performance, and EMI Compatibility Prevent corruption of Mode A/C replies Prevent Occasional Loss of Transponder Function A7U301 or A7U304 Replacement 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/1 Dec 13/90 May 23/91 Jan 18/91 Jan 18/91 Mar 5/91 Nov 5/91 Jun 10/93 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/1 1/0 Mar 6/96 Jan 17/97 Mar 18/96 Jan 17/97 Apr 10/96 SB ED/REV NUMBER 1/0 1/1 1/0 SB DATE (ED/REV) Jul 24/98 Jun 23/99 Apr 20/00

SB 4 SB 5 SB 6 SB 7 SB 8 SB 9 SB 10 SB 11

1/2 1/0 1/1 1/1 1/0 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/3 1/0

Jan 9/97 Jun 18/96 Mar 26/97 Mar 27/97 Mar 27/97 Aug 1/97 Jun 14/99 Jun 30/98 Sep 7/99 Jun 14/99

SB A SB B SB C SB D

1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0

May 7/96 Aug 2/96 Nov 1/96 Dec 17/98

May 19, 2005

1-29

general information

5230775833

Table 1-25. Service Bulletin List - Continued SERVICE BULLETIN NO SB 6 SB 7 SB 8 SB 9 SB 10 SB 11 SB 12 SB 13 SB 14 SB 15 SB 16 SB 17 SB 18 SB 19 SB 501 SB 502 SB 503 SB A SB B SIL A-90 SIL 1-96 SERVICE BULLETIN SUBJECT Converts -002 to -003 Status A6U105 or A6U120 PROM Replacement Replacement of A7U500 or A7U502 Prevent Possible Intermittent Operation Improve Operation of Remote Ident Input Improve Power-On Initialization Add Diode Isolation to Strap Inputs (superseded by SB 16) Converts -003 to -004 Status Reduce Uncommanded Transitions To Standby In Burst Tune Applications Reduce Electromagnetic Emissions Add Diode Isolation to Strap Inputs Converts -004 to -005 Status Convert TDR-94 to TDR-94D TCAS bus operation during standby mode (converts -004/-005 to -006 status) Adds Elementary Surveillance (Flight ID) and Enhanced Surveillance (converts -004/-005/-006 to -007 Status) Adds source selection capability required for PL4/21 installations (converts -007 to -008 Status) Adds ADS-B capability (converts -008 to -108 Status) Prevent Corruption Of Mode A Replies (same as SB 3) Improve Start-Up Compatibility With The Gulfstream G-IV Gables 6969 TCAS Control Adapter Connector Plate Inspection (CPN 629-8657-001/002) New functions and installation guides for -004 status TRE-920 TCAS ANTENNA SB 1 Product improvement 1/0 Feb 23/93 SB ED/REV NUMBER 1/0 1/3 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/2 1/0 1/3 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/2 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/1 SB DATE (ED/REV) Jan 21/92 Dec 16/94 Apr 29/92 Sep 17/92 Jun 29/92 May 24/93 Jun 1/92 Apr 22/93 Oct 2/92 Feb 5/93 Aug 2/93 Feb 8/99 Feb 22/99 Oct 23/97 Feb 23/99 Jun 16/98 Feb 23/99 Feb 8/99 Nov 5/99 Feb 8/99 May 15/00 Sep 6/99 Feb 17/00 Nov 10/00 Nov 16/00 Sep 5/02 Feb 14/05 Draft Draft Dec 6/90 Dec 11/90 Sep 29/92 Oct 22/90 Mar 7/97 Oct 20/97

1-30

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Table 1-25. Service Bulletin List - Continued SERVICE BULLETIN NO SB 2 SIL 1-91 SIL 1-95 SB 1 SB 2 SB 3 SB 4 SB 5 SB 6 SB 7 SB 8 SB 9 SB 10 SB 11 SB 12 SB 13 SB 14 SIL 1-91 SERVICE BULLETIN SUBJECT Product improvement Antenna mounting Radome paint peeling TTC-920G TCAS/TRANSPONDER CONTROL Improve transponder fault lamp operation Improve transponder fault lamp operation Improved software implementation Replace liquid crystal display Light panel improvements Not issued Improved LCD backlighting Correct improper operation of side 2 when power is removed Reliability improvements Reliability improvements Light panel window replacement Removal of unused backlighting circuitry Reliability improvement Reliability improvement Liquid crystal display (LCD) cleaning procedures TTR-920 TCAS II TRANSMITTER RECEIVER SB 1 SB 2 SB 3 SB 4 SB 5 SB 6 SB 7 Modify cable calibration of bottom directional antenna (superseded by SB 6) Product improvement Addition of EMI filter to dc power line Transmitter/modulator improvement Receiver beam steering network product improvement TTR-920 monitoring and self-test modification (converts 622-8971-001, -101 to 622-8971-002, -102) Product improvement (converts 622-8971-002, -102, to 622-8971-011, -111) 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/1 Oct 25/90 Nov 13/90 Oct 26/90 Oct 10/91 Nov 26/90 Nov 26/90 Nov 13/90 Apr 4/91 May 20/91 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/2 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/1 Nov 3/92 Jun 13/94 Jun 18/96 Aug 20/97 Jan 17/97 Mar 25/97 Oct 9/97 Mar 23/99 Mar 23/99 May 22/91 Aug 12/91 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/2 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/2 Jan 18/91 Jan 18/91 May 8/91 Nov 19/91 Jun 14/91 Nov 19/91 Jun 14/91 Jul 11/97 SB ED/REV NUMBER 1/0 1/0 1/0 SB DATE (ED/REV) Mar 16/93 Jun 10/91 Dec 21/95

May 19, 2005

1-31

general information

5230775833

Table 1-25. Service Bulletin List - Continued SERVICE BULLETIN NO SB 8 SB 9 SB 10 SB 11 SB 12 SB 13 SB 14 SB 15 SB 16 SB 17 SB 18 SB 19 SB 20 SB 21 SB 22 SB 23 SB 24 SB 26 SB 27 SB 28 SB 29 SB A SB B SB C SB D SB E SB F SERVICE BULLETIN SUBJECT TA enable discrete (superseded by SB 9) TA enable discrete (supersedes SB 8) Convert 622-8971-001, -002, -011 to 622-8971-012, or convert 622-8971-101, -102, -111 to 622-8971-112 Prevention of dual tracks IF calibration nuisance fails CAS OUTPUT MISSING nuisance fails RA BITE nuisance fails Reduce antenna monitor nuisance failures Convert 622-8971-012 to 622-8971-020, or convert 622-8971-112 to 622-8971-120, or convert 622-8971-612 to 622-8971-620 Not issued Convert 622-8971-014 to 622-8971-320 Reliability improvement Phase of flight implementation Modular noise reduction Product improvement (622-8971-320) Install insulation under self-test switch Reliability Enhancement (superseded by SB 26) Reliability Enhancement Reliability Enhancement Reliability Improvement Defective Component Identification Nonvolatile fault memory (superseded by Service Bulletin B) Product improvement (software upgrade) Product improvement (software upgrade) Product improvement (software upgrade) Provide AIRBUS Bite requirements (converts 622-8971-012 to 622-8971-014 or converts 622-8971-020 to 622-8971-320) Extend altitude capability from 50,000 feet to 55,000 feet 1/0 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/2 1/0 1/2 1/0 1/1 Apr 4/91 Apr 24/91 May 20/91 Jul 22/91 Sep 24/91 Jan 19/94 Apr 25/95 Oct 13/93 Mar 23/94 1/0 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 Jun 10/94 Mar 1/95 Jan 31/96 Mar 22/95 Jun 15/97 Nov 13/95 Sep 10/96 Nov 7/96 Jun 8/98 Nov 13/98 Mar 29/00 Nov 28/00 Sep 29/00 SB ED/REV NUMBER 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/2 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/3 SB DATE (ED/REV) May 9/91 Jan 29/92 Jul 25/91 Jan 29/92 Jan 15/92 Jun 19/92 Mar 10/92 Nov 9/92 Dec 1/92 Jan 29/93 Sep 7/93 Dec 9/93 Oct 24/94

1-32

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Table 1-25. Service Bulletin List - Continued SERVICE BULLETIN NO SB G SB K SB P SB R SB T SB U SIL 1-92 SIL 1-93 SIL 2-93 SIL 00-1 SIL 1-98 SIL 2-98 SIL 1-99 SIL 2-99 SIL 3-99 SIL 1-00 SIL 2-00 SIL 3-00 SIL 4-00 SIL 5-00 SIL 6-00 SERVICE BULLETIN SUBJECT Convert from red to black label unit Eliminate Nuisance Faults During GPWS Call Out Correct 622-8971-620 to 622-8971-020 DO-185A (CAS 7.0) Hardware and Software Upgrade DO-185A (CAS 7.0) Hardware and Software Upgrade DO-185A (CAS 7.0) Hardware and Software Upgrade TTR-920 data loader programming procedure CAS logic change 6.04 CAS logic change 6.04A Enhanced TCAS interchangeability Introduction of Change 7.0 (MOPS DO-185A) (Superseded by SIL 2-98) Introduction of Change 7.0 (MOPS DO-185A) Change 7.0 Information Update (MOPS DO-185A) TCAS Change 7.0 Change 7.0 Information Update (MOPS DO-185A) TCAS Interchangeability TCAS, Why Intruders May Not Be Displayed Explanation Of The 9900 Feet Anomaly Defective Component Identification A6A1 Assembly Standby Reset Anomaly (Change 7 Units Only) Incorrect Retention of CPU (AB or S) And I Cross Check Faults Following Roll Of Flight Leg SB ED/REV NUMBER 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/2 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 SB DATE (ED/REV) Oct 24/94 Jun 26/97 Mar 30/98 Oct 22/99 Oct 22/99 Jun 28/00 Apr 6/00 Jun 28/00 Nov 9/92 May 24/93 Jan 6/94 Feb 28/94 Jan 26/00 Jul 31/98 Nov 4/98 Mar 16/99 Apr 30/99 Nov 5/99 Jan 26/00 Apr 13/00 Jun 28/00 Jul 28/00 Sep 25/00

NOTE
Service Bulletins 1 through 10 and A through D modify units with CPN 622-8971-001 through -011 and 622-8971-101 through -111. These service bulletins are factory incorporated in units with CPN 622-8971-0XX, -1XX, and -6XX with XX = 12 or greater. TTR-921 TCAS II TRANSMITTER RECEIVER SB 1 SB A SIL 3-00 SIL 5-00 Software Product Improvement Software Product Improvement Explanation of the 9900 Feet Anomaly Standby Reset Anomaly (Change 7 Units Only) 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 Nov 3/00 Oct 11/00 Jun 28/00 Sep 25/00

May 19, 2005

1-33

general information

5230775833

Table 1-25. Service Bulletin List - Continued SERVICE BULLETIN NO SIL 6-00 SERVICE BULLETIN SUBJECT Incorrect Retention of CPU (AB or S) and I Cross Check Faults Following Roll Of Flight Leg TVI-920/920D TCAS AND VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR SB 1 (TVI-920) SB 1 (TVI-920D) SB 2 (TVI-920) SB 2 (TVI-920D) SB 3 (TVI-920) SB 3 (TVI-920D) SB 4 (TVI-920) SB 4 (TVI-920D) SB 5 (TVI-920) SB 5 (TVI-920D) SB 6 (TVI-920) SB 6 (TVI-920D) SB 7 (TVI-920) SB 7 (TVI-920D) SB 8 (TVI-920) SB 8 (TVI-920D) SB 9 (TVI-920) SB A (TVI-920) Correct RA/TA display Product improvement Product improvement Product improvement Product improvement Correct altitude rate algorithm Correct altitude rate algorithm Display flag when indicated vertical speed is incorrect Correct altitude rate algorithm Correct altitude rate algorithm Improve fluorescent lamp reliability Improve fluorescent lamp reliability Eliminate display blanking (superseded by SB 8) Eliminate display blanking (superseded by SB 8) Eliminate display blanking (supersedes SB 1, SB 4, SB 5, or SB 7, depending on part number of the unit being modified) Eliminate display blanking (supersedes SB 3, SB 5, or SB 7, depending on part number of unit being modified) Eliminate power supply failure Expanded TCAS functions (superseded by SB B). Converts (all CPNs preceded by 622-9353-): SB A (TVI-920D) Converts -011 to -111 Converts -021 to -121 Converts -211 to -311 or -411 Converts -221 to -321 or -421. 1/0 Apr 30/92 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 Feb 4/91 Nov 26/91 Nov 26/91 Nov 19/91 Nov 19/91 Dec 1/92 Dec 1/92 Jun 30/93 Aug 3/93 Aug 3/93 Oct 25/93 Oct 25/93 Jan 17/95 Jan 17/95 Mar 31/95 Mar 31/95 Jan 9/97 Apr 30/92 SB ED/REV NUMBER 1/0 SB DATE (ED/REV) Sep 25/00

Expanded TCAS functions (superseded by SB B). Converts (all CPNs preceded by 622-9728-): Converts -011 to -111 Converts -012 to -112 Converts -021 to -121 Converts -022 to -122 Converts -211 to -311 or -411 Converts -212 to -312 or -412 Converts -221 to -321 or -421 Converts -222 to -322 or -422.

1-34

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Table 1-25. Service Bulletin List - Continued SERVICE BULLETIN NO SB B (TVI-920) SERVICE BULLETIN SUBJECT Expanded TCAS functions. Converts (all CPNs preceded by 622-9353-): SB B (TVI-920D) Converts -011 to -111 Converts -021 to -121 Converts -211 to -311 or -411 Converts -221 to -321 or -421. 1/0 Aug 31/92 SB ED/REV NUMBER 1/0 SB DATE (ED/REV) Aug 31/92

Expanded TCAS functions. Converts (all CPNs preceded by 622-9728-): Converts -011 to -111 Converts -012 to -112 Converts -021 to -121 Converts -022 to -122 Converts -211 to -311 or -411 Converts -212 to -312 or -412 Converts -221 to -321 or -421 Converts -222 to -322 or -422.

SB C (TVI-920D) SIL 1-93 (Both units)

LCD upgrade Owner/operator loadable software

1/0 1/0

Nov 3/98 Apr 22/93

1.4.1 Purpose of Equipment The Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS-94 system) is an aid to flight safety. Its associated displays indicate the presence of nearby airborne traffic and advise of evasive maneuvers needed for safe vertical separation. 1.4.2 System Specifications Table 1-26 lists the specifications for the TCAS-94 system. Table 1-27 through Table 1-40 contains specifications for individual units of the TCAS-94 system. Table 1-26. TCAS-94 System, Specifications. CHARACTERISTIC Related documents ARINC characteristics RTCA documents TSO Physical Weight (basic system) Environmental Operating conditions Temperature Relative humidity Altitude Vibration May 19, 2005 -15 to +71 C (5 to 159.8 F) 95% at 50 C 0 to 13 716 m (0 to 50 000 ft) 2g 1-35 22.09 kg (48.7 lb.) max 735, 718, 604, 600, 404 DO-185, DO-185A (Change 7.0 software) See specifications for individual LRU SPECIFICATION

general information

5230775833

Table 1-26. TCAS-94 System, Specifications. - Continued CHARACTERISTIC Cooling Maintenance requirement SPECIFICATION Convection; no forced air required On condition or as may be required by Federal Regulations for transponder recertification

1-36

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

1.4.3 Equipment Specifications 1.4.3.1 237Z-1 L-Band Antenna Table 1-27 lists the specifications for the 237Z-1 L-Band Antenna. This antenna provides a dc input resistance of less than 1800 and can be used as an omnidirectional antenna with the TTR-920/921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver. Table 1-27. 237Z-1 L-Band Antenna, Specifications. CHARACTERISTIC Related documents: TSO RTCA document Environmental Physical: Size Flange (oval) Height Penetration depth Weight Maintenance requirement Environmental: Temperature range Operating (continuous) Storage Relative humidity Altitude Vibration Shock Frequency range Vswr Input impedance Radiation pattern Polarization Maximum power input Mounting Gasket (supplied on antenna) Screws (six reqd) Connectors -54 to +71 C (-67 to +167 F) -62 to +71 C (-79 to +167 F) 0 to 100% condensation 0 to 15 200 m (0 to 50 000 ft) 1.52 mm (0.06 in) magnitude, 10 to 500 Hz 15 g for 10 ms 960 to 1215 MHz 1025 to 1150 MHz: less than 1.2:1. 960 to 1025 MHz: less than 1.75:1 over operating temperature range Inductively coupled with 50 nom at L-band frequency Equivalent to /4, monopole Vertical 2500 W peak; 5 W average Flat surfaces CPN 548-3252-002 No. 6, roundhead, stainless steel Type HN 127.00 x 44.25 cm (5 x 1.75 in) 93.67 mm (3.69 in) max 19.05 mm (0.75 in) 91 g (0.2 lb.) nom On condition C66 DO-99 DO-99, cat A SPECIFICATION

May 19, 2005

1-37

general information

5230775833

Table 1-27. 237Z-1 L-Band Antenna, Specifications. - Continued CHARACTERISTIC RG-393/U or RG-8/U RG-142B/U SPECIFICATION CPN: 357-9039-000 (straight) or 357-9559-000 (90) Amphenol 82-534 (straight), automatic connector 101-H1100A (straight), or CPN 357-9870-000 (90)

1-38

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

1.4.3.2 ANT-42 L-Band Antenna Table 1-28 lists the specifications for the ANT-42 L-Band Antenna. This antenna can be used with the TDR-94/94D ATC/Mode S Transponder. The ANT-42 is a capacitive coupled antenna and must not be used as an omnidirectional antenna for the TTR-920/921. Table 1-28. ANT-42 L-Band Antenna, Specifications. CHARACTERISTIC Related documents: TSO RTCA document Environmental Physical: Size Flange (oval) Height Penetration depth Weight Maintenance requirement Environmental Temperature range Operating (continuous) Storage Relative humidity Altitude Vibration Category J, L Category Y Frequency range Vswr Input impedance Radiation pattern Polarization Maximum power input Mounting: Gasket Screws (three reqd) Connectors Application 5 to 55 Hz: 0.02 in, da 55 to 2000 Hz: 3 g 5 to 14 Hz; 0.2 in, da 14 to 200 Hz: 2 g 960 to 1220 MHz 1025 to 1150 MHz: 1.3:1. 960 to 1220 MHz; 1.5:1 Capacitively coupled 50 , nom at L-band frequency Equivalent to 4, monopole Vertical 2500 W peak; 20 W average Flat surfaces CPN 018-1394-110 No 8, 100 flathead, stainless steel TNC, straight to RG 393/U coax (CPN 357-7204-010) For use with TDR-94/94D. Not for use with TTR-920/921 -65 to +70 C (-85 to +158 F) -65 to +85 C (-85 to +185 F) 95% at +65 C (+149 F), cycled exposure for 10 days 0 to 21 336 m (0 to 70 000 ft) 11.53 x 4.44 cm (4.54 x 1.75 in) 8.41 cm (3.31 in) 1.65 cm (0.65 in) 0.1 kg (0.22 lb.) nom On condition C66b and C74c DO-160A DO-160A, Cat/E1B/JLY/XRHXXXXXXXX SPECIFICATION

May 19, 2005

1-39

general information

5230775833

1.4.3.3 CTL-92/92A Control (Transponder) Table 1-29 lists the specifications for the CTL-92/92A Transponder Control. Table 1-29. CTL-92/92A Control (Transponder), Specifications. CHARACTERISTIC Related documents: TSO Physical: Size Height Width Length Behind panel Weight Maintenance requirement Mounting Mating connector Environmental: Temperature range Operational Storage Altitude Cooling Relative humidity Shock Operational Crash safety Vibration Electrical: Power requirement Lighting Power requirement Color Panel color Display Type Brightness control Gas discharge Automatic or by external control 5 V ac/dc, 350 mA or 28 V dc, 100 mA Blue-white Gray or black (see Table 1-5 and Table 1-6) 28 V dc (16 to 32 ) at 7 W 6g 13 g (10-ms duration) Certified for use in piston or turbine, fixed or rotary wing aircraft. 0.2 in da, 5 to 14 Hz; 2 g 14 to 44 Hz; 0.02 in da, 44 to 54 Hz; 3 g 54 to 2000 Hz -30 to +70 C (-22 to +158 F) -55 to +85 C (-67 to +185 F) 10 700 m (35 000 ft) max Convection 95% at +50 C (+122 F) for 10 days 66.68 mm (2.625 in) max 60.32 mm (2.375 in) max 190.9 mm (7.52 in) max 149.32 mm (5.879 in) max 0.54 kg (1.2 lb.) nom On condition Panel mounted, front or rear Cannon: MS3126F20-41SY (CPN: 359-0305-590) C74c SPECIFICATION

1-40

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Table 1-29. CTL-92/92A Control (Transponder), Specifications. - Continued CHARACTERISTIC Input data format Output data format Transponder code range Pin functions CSDB CSDB 0000 to 7777 Refer to Figure 2-3 SPECIFICATION

May 19, 2005

1-41

general information

5230775833

1.4.3.4 CTL-92E Control (Transponder) Table 1-30 lists the specifications for the CTL-92E Transponder Control. Table 1-30. CTL-92E Control (Transponder), Specifications. CHARACTERISTIC Related documents: TSO Physical: Size Height Width Length Behind panel Weight Maintenance requirement Mounting Mating connector Environmental: Temperature range Operational Storage Altitude Cooling Relative humidity Shock Operational Crash safety Vibration Electrical Power requirement Lighting Power requirement Color Panel color Display Type Brightness control Input data format 1-42 Gas discharge Automatic or by external control CSDB May 19, 2005 5 V ac/dc, 350 mA or 28 V dc, 100 mA Blue-white Gray or black (see Table 1-7) 28 V dc (16 to 32 ) at 7 W 6g 13 g (10-ms duration) Certified for use in piston or turbine, fixed or rotary wing aircraft. 0.2 in da, 5 to 14 Hz; 2 g 14 to 44 Hz; 0.02 in da, 44 to 54 Hz; 3 g 54 to 2000 Hz -30 to +70 C (-22 to +158 F) -55 to +85 C (-67 to +185 F) 10 700 m (35 000 ft) max Convection 95% at +50 C (+122 F) for 10 days 66.68 mm (2.625 in) max 60.32 mm (2.375 in) max 190.9 mm (7.52 in) max 149.32 mm (5.879 in) max 0.54 kg (1.2 lb.) nom On condition Panel mounted, front or rear Cannon: MS3126F20-41SY (CPN: 359-0305-590) C74c, C112, and C119b SPECIFICATION

general information

5230775833

Table 1-30. CTL-92E Control (Transponder), Specifications. - Continued CHARACTERISTIC Output data format Transponder code range Pin functions CSDB 0000 to 7777 Refer to Figure 2-4 SPECIFICATION

May 19, 2005

1-43

general information

5230775833

1.4.3.5 CTL-92T Control (Transponder) Table 1-31 lists the specifications for the CTL-92T TCAS Control. Table 1-31. CTL-92T Control (Transponder), Specifications. CHARACTERISTIC Related documents: TSO Physical: Size Height Width Length Behind Panel Weight Maintenance requirement Mounting Mating connector Environmental: Temperature range Operational Storage Altitude Cooling Relative humidity Shock Operational Crash safety Vibration 6g 15 g (11-ms duration 12 g (3-s duration)) Certified for use in piston or turbine, fixed or rotary wing aircraft: 0.2 in da, 5 to 17 Hz; 3 g 17g to 37 Hz; 0.02 in da, 37 to 54 Hz; 0.75 g 54 to 70 Hz; 0.5 g 70 to 500 Hz; 0.25 g 500 to 2000 Hz 28 V dc (16 to 32 ) at 7 W 5 V ac/dc, 350 mA or 28 V dc, 100 mA Blue-white Gray or black (see Table 1-8) Refer to Figure 2-5 Installation selectable and dependent upon presence of range (R) push button: -0XX units: 5/10/20 NMI or 6/12 NMI -1XX units: 40/20/10/5/3 NMI or 6/12 NMI May 19, 2005 -30 to +70 C (-22 to +158 F) -55 to +85 C (-67 to +185 F) 10 700 m (35 000 ft) max Convection 95% at +65 C (+122 F) for 10 days 67.18 mm (2.645 in) max height 60.83 mm (2.395 in) max width 190.9 mm (7.52 in) max length 150.6 mm (5.93 in) behind panel 0.45 kg (1.0 lb.) nom On condition Panel mounted, front or rear CPN 359-0601-020 C112 and C119 SPECIFICATION

Electrical Power requirement Lighting Power requirement Color Panel color Pin functions Display ranges

1-44

general information

5230775833

Table 1-31. CTL-92T Control (Transponder), Specifications. - Continued CHARACTERISTIC Intruder altitude display Input data format Traffic Display Mode SPECIFICATION Installation selectable: relative or absolute Installation selectable: serial or parallel Installation selectable and dependent upon presence of mode (M) push button: All traffic or threat traffic only (pop-up) (-1XX units require SB 4)

May 19, 2005

1-45

general information

5230775833

1.4.3.6 RTU-870F Remote Tuning Unit Table 1-32 lists the specifications for the RTU-870F Remote Tuning Unit. Table 1-32. RTU-870F Remote Tuning Unit, Specifications. CHARACTERISTIC Related documents: TSO RTCA Physical: Size Height Width Length Weight Mounting Unit connector Mating connector Connector contacts Strain relief Maintenance requirement Cooling Panel color 116.2-mm (4.58-in) max high 86-mm (3.38-in) max wide 163-mm (6.43-in) max length behind front panel 205.2-mm (8.08-in) max length overall 1.09 kg (2.4 lb.) nominal Front panel mounted with integral turnlock fasteners MS27508E20F-2P (CPN 359-0667-280) MS27473T20F-2S (CPN 359-0601-010) MS27491-22 (CPN 359-0608-020) (qty 65 included with connector) MS27506F20-2 (CPN 359-0637-070) (included with connector) On condition No special cooling is required. Brown, black or gray (see Table 1-9) SPECIFICATION ARINC Specification 429-7 Mark 33 Digital Information Transfer System C34c, C36d, C37c, C38c, C40b, C41c, C66b, C74c, C104, C112 (Class 3A), and C119a DO-160C, DO-166, DO-178A Level 2, and DO-197

1-46

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

1.4.3.7 RTU-870T Remote Tuning Unit Table 1-33 lists the specifications for the RTU-870F Remote Tuning Unit. Table 1-33. RTU-870T Remote Tuning Unit, Specifications. CHARACTERISTIC Related documents: TSO RTCA Physical: Size Height Width Length Weight Mounting Unit connector Mating connector Connector contacts Strain relief Maintenance requirement Cooling Panel color 116.2-mm (4.58-in) max high 86-mm (3.38-in) max wide 163-mm (6.43-in) max length behind front panel 205.2-mm (8.08-in) max length overall 1.09 kg (2.4 lb.) nominal Front panel mounted with integral turnlock fasteners MS27508E20F-2P (CPN 359-0667-280) MS27473T20F-2S (CPN 359-0601-010) MS27491-22 (CPN 359-0608-020) (qty 65 included with connector) MS27506F20-2 (CPN 359-0637-070) (included with connector) On condition No special cooling is required Brown, black or gray (see Table 1-10) SPECIFICATION ARINC Specification 429-7 Mark 33 Digital Information Transfer System C34d, C36d, C37c, C38c, C40b, C41c, C66b, C74c, C104, C112, and C119a DO-160C, DO-166, DO-178A Level 2, and DO-197

May 19, 2005

1-47

general information

5230775833

1.4.3.8 RTU-40X0 Remote Tuning Unit Table 1-34 lists the specifications for the RTU-870T Remote Tuning Unit. Table 1-34. RTU-40X0 Remote Tuning Unit, Specifications. CHARACTERISTIC Related documents: TSO RTCA Physical: Size Height Width Behind Panel Length Weight Mounting Unit connector Mating connector Connector contacts Strain relief Maintenance requirement Cooling Panel color 116.2-mm (4.58-in) max high 86-mm (3.38-in) max wide 163-mm (6.43-in) max length behind front panel 205.2-mm (8.08-in) max length overall 1.09 kg (2.4 lb.) nominal Front panel mounted with integral turnlock fasteners MS27508E20F-2P (CPN 359-0667-280) MS27473T20F-2S (CPN 359-0601-010) MS27491-22 (CPN 359-0608-020) (qty 65 included with connector) MS27506F20-2 (CPN 359-0637-070) (included with connector) On condition No special cooling is required Brown, black or gray SPECIFICATION ARINC Specification 429-7 Mark 33 Digital Information Transfer System C34d, C36d, C37c, C38c, C40b, C41c, C66b, C74c, C104, C112, and C119 DO-160C, DO-166, DO-178A Level 2, and DO-197

1-48

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

1.4.3.9 RTU-42XX Remote Turning Unit Table 1-35 lists the specifications for the RTU-42XX Remote Tuning Unit. Table 1-35. RTU-42XX Remote Tuning Unit, Specifications. CHARACTERISTIC Related documents: TSO Environmental Software Physical Size (Panel Mounted) Case Height: 83.24 mm (3.277 in) Bezel Height: 95.25 mm (3.75 in) Case Width: 113.72 mm (4.477 in) Bezel Width: 126.30 mm (4.975 in) Case Length: 163.33 mm (6.43 in) Case Height: 83.24 mm (3.277 in) Bezel Height: 95.25 mm (3.75 in) Case Width: 113.72 mm (4.477 in) Bezel Width: 146.05 mm (5.75 in) Case Length: 163.33 mm (6.43 in) Case Height: 83.24 mm (3.277 in) Bezel Height: 104.78 mm (4.125 in) Case Width: 113.72 mm (4.477 in) Bezel Width: 146.05 mm (5.75 in) Case Length: 163.33 mm (6.43 in) 1.2 kg (2.75 lb.) 1.3 kg (3.00 lb.) 1.65 kg (3.65 lb.) Panel Mounted: front panel mounted with screws Turnlock or Dzus Mounted: Dzus panel mounting adapter (supplied) RTU-4280: Front panel mounted with Dzus fasteners 28 V dc (16 to 32 ) supplied at less than 15 W 5 V ac/dc or 28 V dc, supplied at less than 7.5 W MS27508E22F-35A (CPN 359-0667-110) MS27484T22F-35S (CPN 359-0645-440) M39029/56-348 (CPN 359-0608-130) (included with connector) M85049/49-2-22N (CPN 859-6604-170) (included with connector) On condition 1-49 C34e, C35d, C36e, C37d, C38d, C40c, C41d, C66c, C74c, C112, C113, C119a RTU-4220 and RTU-4280 only: C6d, C31d, C32d DO-160C DO-178B SPECIFICATION

Size (Turnlock or Dzus Mounted)

Size (RTU-4280)

Weight (Panel Mounted) Weight (Turnlock or Dzus Mounted) Weight (RTU-4280) Mounting

Electrical: Power requirement Lighting Power requirement Unit connector Mating connector Connector contacts Strain relief Maintenance requirement May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Table 1-35. RTU-42XX Remote Tuning Unit, Specifications. - Continued CHARACTERISTIC Cooling Panel color No special cooling is required Black or gray (see Table 1-12, Table 1-13, or Table 1-14). SPECIFICATION

1-50

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

1.4.3.10 TDR-94/94D ATC/Mode S Transponder Table 1-36 lists the specifications for the TDR-94/94D ATC/Mode S Transponder. Table 1-36. TDR-94/94D ATC/Mode S Transponder, Specifications. CHARACTERISTIC SPECIFICATION

NOTE
TSO of the -108 Status TDR is pending as of May 19, 2005. Related documents: TSO Physical: Size Height Width Length Weight Cooling Maintenance Requirement Functional: Reply modes Transmitter output Electrical: Primary power Environmental: RTCA documents DO-160B (for -003 Status TDRs) DO-160C (for -004, -005, and -006 Status TDRs) DO-160D (for -007, -008, and -108 Status TDRs) Refer to Figure 2-8 (for -003 Status TDRs) Refer to Figure 2-9 (for -004, -005, -006, and -007 Status TDRs) Refer to Figure 2-10 (-008 and -108 Status TDRs) 28 V dc, 28 W nominal, 100 W peak ATCRBS modes A and C, special ident pulse, Mode S short and long replies (comm A/B and comm C) 250 W min; 625 W max 84.6 mm (3.33 in) max 124.5 mm (4.90 in) 353.2 mm (13.91 in) max 3.8 kg mm (8.5 lb.) nom Convection; no forced air required On condition or as required by Federal Regulations C112, class 2A (class 3A for -004 and higher status TDRs)

Pin functions

May 19, 2005

1-51

general information

5230775833

1.4.3.11 TRE-920 TCAS Directional Antenna Table 1-37 lists the specifications for the TRE-920 TCAS Directional Antenna. Table 1-37. TRE-920 TCAS Directional Antenna, Specifications. CHARACTERISTIC Related documents: TSO Physical: Size Height Width Length Weight Maintenance requirement Functional *Dc input resistance: J1 to ground J2 to ground J3 to ground J4 to ground 5.6 k 20% 15.02 k 20% 33.0 k 20% 86.4 k 20% 33.0 mm (1.30 in) max 160.0 mm (6.30 in) max 284.5 mm (11.2 in) max 1.0 kg (2.1 lb.) On condition Connector type TNC (qty of 4) (see Figure 2-27) C119a SPECIFICATION

*These values are used by the TTR-920/921 during initialization to verify proper antenna connection.

1-52

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

1.4.3.12 TTC-920G TCAS and Transponder Control Table 1-38 lists the specifications for the TTC-920G TCAS and Transponder Control. Table 1-38. TTC-920G TCAS and Transponder Control, Specifications. CHARACTERISTIC Related documents: TSO Physical: Size Height Width Length Weight Maintenance requirement Functional: Data Mode/function selection Electrical: Primary power Power factor Panel color Pin functions Operating: 115 V ac, 400 Hz, 8 W Lighting: 28 V dc, 4 W or 5 v ac, 400 Hz, 4W 0.75 Gray or black, see Figure 2-29 See Figure 2-11 ARINC 429 bus Discrete signals 57.15 mm (2.25 in) 146.0 mm (5.75 in) 127 mm (5 in) 0.9 kg (2.0 lb.) max On condition C112 and C119 SPECIFICATION

May 19, 2005

1-53

general information

5230775833

1.4.3.13 TTR-920/TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter Receiver Table 1-39 lists the specifications for the TTR-920/921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver. Table 1-39. TTR-920/921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Specifications. CHARACTERISTIC Related documents: TSO Physical: Size Height Width Length Weight Cooling Maintenance requirement Functional: Advisory time Resolution Traffic Display capability Surveillance range Transmitter RF output Whisper/shout attenuation Transmit frequency Receive frequency Receive bandwidth Receive sensitivity Mode S data rate Electrical: Primary power: TTR-920 (-020) TTR-920 (-120, -122, -420, and -421) TTR-921 115 V ac, 400 Hz, 80 W nom 28 V dc, 20%, 2.8 A nominal, 80 W max 115 V ac, 400 Hz, 80 W max 28 V dc, 20%, 2.8 A nominal, 80 W max 15 to 35 s 30 to 48 s 30 targets Varies with airspace conditions TTR-920: 55 2 dBm, 200 to 500 W TTR-921: 160 to 400 W 26 dB in 1-dB steps 1030 0.01 MHz 1090 3 MHz 9 MHz TTR-920: 74 2 dBm TTR-921: 85 2 dBm 4 MHz 0.05% 194 mm (7.64 in) 194.6 mm (7.77 in) 387.6 mm (15.26 in) TTR-920: 9.0 kg (19.8 lb.) max TTR-921: 8.4 kg (18.5 lb.) max Convection; no forced air required On condition C119A for 6.04A Enhanced software C119B for Change 7.0 software SPECIFICATION

1-54

May 19, 2005

general information

5230775833

Table 1-39. TTR-920/921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Specifications. - Continued CHARACTERISTIC Environmental: Parameter Temperature and altitude Temperature variation Humidity Shock test Vibration Explosion Waterproofness Fluids susceptibility Sand and dust Fungus resistance Salt spray Magnetic effect Power input Voltage spike conducted RF susceptibility (conduction) Induced signal susceptibility RF susceptibility (radiated and conducted) Emission of RF energy Lightning induced susceptibility Lightning direct effect Icing Electrostatic discharge Pin Functions Refer to Figure 2-12. X X X A A A A A A A TTR-920 DO-160B category A2/D2 C A TEST J and Y E1 X SPECIFICATION TTR-921 DO-160D category A2/D2 (Note) B A B S, Curves Y, L, M, and C E X X X X X Z B and Z A Z C WWX M Z3Z3 X X A Refer to Figure 2-13 .

NOTE
The DO-160B temperature/altitude category is A2/D2 which specifies altitude and decompression testing to 50,000 feet. The actual testing was performed to 51,000 feet to comply with a maximum service ceiling requirement for a particular aircraft.

May 19, 2005

1-55

general information

5230775833

1.4.3.14 TVI-920/920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator Table 1-40 lists the specifications for the TVI-920/920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator. Table 1-40. TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Specifications. CHARACTERISTIC Related documents: TSO Physical: Size Height Width Length Weight Maintenance requirement Functional: Traffic advisory range Traffic density Vertical speed Vertical speed data ARINC 419/429 Analog Pneumatic Traffic and resolution advisory Discrete signals Inputs Outputs Remote light sensor input Electrical: Primary power TVI-920 Operating: 115 V ac, 400 Hz, 15 W max or 130 mA Lighting: 0 to 5 V ac, 400 Hz, 5 mW max or 1 mA Dimming: Remote light sensor, 5-V lighting bus, or bezel-mounted photocell Operating: 28 V dc, 15 W max or 540 mA Lighting: 0 to 5 V ac, 400 Hz, 5 mW max or 1 mA Dimming: Remote light sensor, 5-V lighting bus, or bezel-mounted photocell Operating: -15 to +71 C (-27 to +127.8 F); storage -55 to +85 C (-99 to +153 F) 95% rh, 10 to 57 C (18 to 102.6 F) May 19, 2005 Vertical speed source selection, VSI valid TA/RA display status valid 0 to 18 V dc nominal, to control display brightness from 0 to 10k ft-L ARINC 704 IRS high-speed (HS) bus ARINC 706 ADC low-speed (LS) bus ARINC 565 ac analog, 250 mV per 1000 ft/min, phase-reversing 400 Hz ARINC 575 dc analog, 500 mV per 1000 ft/min, polarity-reversing dc Static air pressure ARINC 429 HS bus (from TTR-920/921) 6 nmi forward, 3 nmi aft, -0.0625 nmi, or 12 nmi forward, 6 nmi aft, 0.125 nmi Up to 30 intruders 6000 to +6000 ft/min 3 ATI-S per ARINC 408A 82.8 mm (3.26 in) 82.8 mm (3.26 in) 190.5 mm (7.50 in) 1.58 kg (3.5 lb.) On condition C8c and C113 SPECIFICATION

TVI-920D

Environmental: Temperature Humidity 1-56

general information

5230775833

Table 1-40. TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Specifications. - Continued CHARACTERISTIC Altitude Pin functions Refer to Figure 2-14. SPECIFICATION -300 to +13,700 m (-1,000 to +45,000 ft) operating

May 19, 2005

1-57/(1-58 Blank)

5230775833

CHAPTER 2 INSTALLATION
2.1 GENERAL- INITIAL INSTALLATION 2.1.1 TCAS Equipment, Installation Configuration Options 2.1.1.1 TCAS Antennas The TTR-920/TTR-921 requires two antennas. One antenna must be mounted on top of the aircraft fuselage and the other on the bottom. The top antenna must be a TRE-920 direction antenna. The bottom antenna can be a second TRE-920 antenna or a 237Z-1 omnidirectional antenna. Select the antenna locations for maximum separation from other antennas. Table 2-1 lists the minimum separations required between antennas. Table 2-1. Minimum Antenna Separations OTHER ANTENNA ADF VHF L-band* *Other L-band equipment includes DME and all transponders In addition, observe the antenna alignment specifications as shown in Figure 2-28. MINIMUM SEPARATION FROM TCAS ANTENNA 2 feet 5 feet 30 inches

NOTE
The omnidirectional antenna must provide a dc input resistance of less than 1800 . An ac coupled antenna cannot be used. 2.1.1.2 TCAS Controls All TTR-920/TTR-921 units require ARINC 429 control format. Control data is generated in the TCAS control and is supplied through the active Mode S transponder. Separate ports are provided for dual Mode S transponder installations. If the installation includes one Mode S transponder and one backup ATCRBS (i.e., non-Mode S) transponder, TCAS becomes nonfunctional when the Mode S transponder is inactive. 2.1.1.2.1 CTL-92/CTL-92A TCAS and Transponder Controls The CTL-92/CTL-92A control data is in CSDB format. Therefore, the CTL-92T receives CSDB data, converts it to ARINC 429 format, then adds the TCAS control information. This combination of CTL-92/CTL-92A and CTL-92T provides the same control capability as the TTC-920G described above. The CTL-92T is available with or without TCAS range and mode select switches and various panel colors. Refer to Table 1-29 in the General Information section of this manual for available models. 2.1.1.2.2 CTL-92E Control The CTL-92E control head is a Flight ID replacement control head for the CTL-92. The functionality of the CTL-92 is maintained by the CTL-92E with the inclusion of Flight ID. A Flight ID switch position has been added to the function selector switch. The switch position is labeled FID. Flight ID labels are not provided on the CSDB output, only on the ARINC 429 outputs of the CTL-92E. 2.1.1.2.3 CTL-92T TCAS Control The CTL-92T can be used with a CTL-92/CTL-92A CSDB control or a CTL-90 parallel format control. The output format is ARINC 429; therefore, it cannot control a parallel control format transponder. The CTL92T is available in several models as described in Table 1-29 the General Information section of this manual. If a non-Mode S backup transponder is used, a data format conversion device is required. For a parallel control transponder such as the TDR-90, this can be a CAD-62 to convert the CSDB control data to 12-wire parallel format. 2.1.1.2.4 TTC-920G TCAS Control The TTC-920G controls the TCAS receiver-transmitter and various combinations of Mode S and ATCRBS transponders. Refer to Table 1-38 in the General Information section in this manual for a description of the various models available. 2.1.1.3 Mode S and ATCRBS Transponders TCAS-94 requires one diversity Mode S active transponder. Users typically install a second transponder for ATC backup. This second transponder can be another diversity Mode S unit or a nondiversity Mode S unit. However, a nondiversity Mode S transponder will not support TCAS operation. May 19, 2005 2-1

installation

5230775833

NOTE
The Mode S transponder installation must be strapped for proper Mode S aircraft addressing. Each aircraft is assigned a unique address which is strapped in the aircraft wiring at installation. The address is assigned by the Regulatory Agency of the country in which the aircraft is registered. In the USA assignment of the special address is coordinated by the Aircraft Registration Branch, FAA Aeronautical Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, telephone number (405) 954-3116. If the aircraft identification (tail number) is changed for any reason, a new Mode S address must be assigned by the regulatory agency and the aircraft strapping must be changed accordingly. Be sure to check with your regulatory agency for proper aircraft Mode S identification and refer to the Collins TDR-94/TDR-94D Mode S Transponder System installation section, CPN 523-0775654, which is located in the Pro Line II Comm/Nav/Pulse System Installation Manual, CPN 523-0772719, Part B, for detailed instructions on Mode S address strapping. The TDR-94D is a diversity Mode S transponder. The TDR-94 is a nondiversity transponder and is not certified for TCAS use. 2.1.1.4 TTR-920/TTR-921 TCAS Receiver-Transmitter The TTR-920/TTR-921 TCAS Receiver-Transmitter is available in several configurations. Refer to Table 2-2 for a listing of earlier models. Table 2-2. TTR-920/TTR-921 TCAS Receiver-Transmitters UNIT TTR-920 TTR-920 TTR-921 COLLINS PART NO 622-8971-001, -002, -011, -012, -014, -020, -500, and -700 622-8971-102, -111, -112, -120, -320, -420, -612, -620, -820, and -X22 822-1293-001, -002, -220, and -320 DIFFERENCE 115 V ac, 400 Hz powered 28 V dc powered 115 V ac, 400 Hz or 28 V dc powered (not both at the same time)

2.1.1.5 Antenna Cable Options Table 2-3 lists two coax cable types which can also be used in TCAS antenna installations. Table 2-3. Coax Cable Types for TCAS Antennas PREFERENCE 1 2 TYPE *ECS 311201 RG-142/U COLLINS PART NO 858-5804-010 Not available DELAY 1.26 ns/ft 4.6 ns/ft LOSS FACTOR 0.0589 dB/ft 0.13 dB/ft MAX LENGTH 50 ft 22 ft

*Electronic Cable Specialist, P.O. Box 20856, Milwaukee, WI 53220-0856 The above table shows that the type of cable can be dictated by the length required. The maximum lengths shown are based on the maximum loss that can be tolerated. The maximum allowable loss is 3.5 dB, including connectors, and applies to each cable separately. The TRE-920 directional antenna requires four antenna cables. These four cables must be matched to within a 0.5-dB loss and within one wavelength at 1090 MHz. At 1090 MHz, a wavelength is about 10.8 inches. The loss must be measured with connectors installed. In the TCAS installation, the difference in delay between the top and bottom antenna cables requires compensation strapping on the TTR-920/TTR-921 rear connector. Refer to paragraph 1.D.(1)(g) for additional details. If an omnidirectional antenna is used for the bottom antenna, then the strapping is determined by comparison of the average delay of the top four cables and that of the bottom single cable. 2.1.2 Aircraft Preparation Refer to Figure 2-35 for the system interconnect wiring diagram for the TCAS-94 system.

2-2

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Connections for each function are shown between the various input sources and the appropriate component rear mating connector pins. Paragraph 1.D gives instructions for strapping applicable pins of the component rear connectors. Refer to Figure 2-2 through Figure 2-14 for a listing of rear connector pins and functions for the components contained in the TCAS-94 system. Table 2-28 and Table 2-29 lists the mating connectors and connector kits for the various system LRUs. Table lists tools needed for cable assembly and connector installation. Observe the following precautions during preparation of the interconnect wiring cables: 1. Bond and shield all parts of the aircraft electrical system, such as generators and ignition systems. 2. Keep the connecting cables away from circuits/wires carrying heavy current, equipment transmitting pulses, or other sources of interference. 3. Make all external connections to the equipment through designated connectors listed on the interconnect wiring diagrams and mating connector list figures. 4. Leave slack in cables to allow for free sway of the equipment. Avoid long runs of wire insofar as practicable. 5. The maximum lengths of 115-V ac (hot) and 115-V ac (common) connection wires are to be as shown in Table 2-4, unless otherwise noted: Table 2-4. Maximum Lengths for Power Wires AWG #22 #18 #16 MAXIMUM LENGTH 7.62 m (25.0 ft) 15.24 m (50.0 ft) 30.48 m (100.0 ft) RECOMMENDED TYPE Teflon insulated Teflon insulated Teflon insulated

6. Connect primary power to the indicated components through airframe circuit breakers of the sizes shown in the applicable figures. 7. Provide separate ac and dc grounds. Dc grounds may be individual local grounds. 8. All remaining connecting wires should be #24 AWG or larger. Teflon insulated wire is recommended. 9. For all wires indicated as twisted and shielded, connect the shield grounds at the electronics rack-shelf interconnect points and at production breaks. 10. Refer to any notes on the interconnect wiring diagrams for other installation recommendations/requirements. 2.1.3 Wiring Tests After installation of the cabling and before installation of the equipment, make a continuity check of all interconnect wiring. When the check is completed, apply power and ensure that voltage is present only at the pins specified by the wiring diagram. 2.1.4 Program Pins Selection and Strapping This paragraph provides detailed information related to the various performance programming and strapping options available on the TCAS-94 and related equipment.

NOTE
Items shown in brackets [ ] indicate differences associated with change to TCAS software. 2.1.4.1 ALI-850B Altitude Indicator (-041 and -042 units only) Unless otherwise indicated, all selected strapping pins should be connected to P1-10 (STRAP COMMON), P1-11 (STRAP COMMON), P1-12 (STRAP COMMON), or P1-13 (STRAP COMMON). a. TCAS RA DISPLAY ENABLE: The pin listed below determines what TCAS data supplied by the TTR-920/TTR-921 (at P1-5/22) is shown on the indicator. Pin P1-20 = RA DISPLAY ENABLE. Open = No TCAS information is displayed. Ground = RA information supplied by the TTR-920/TTR-921 at P1-5/22 is displayed on the indicator. May 19, 2005 2-3

installation

5230775833

2.1.4.2 CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Control Unit Unless otherwise indicated, all selected strapping pins should be connected to P1-g (STRAP COMMON). a. DUAL SELECT (Applies to -2XX Status only): The pin listed below is used to enable P1-a/Z (port 2) as the feedback port from the right (no. 2) transponder. Pin P1-m = DUAL SELECT. Open = Normal. Ground = Pins P1-a/Z are defined as the feedback port from the right (no. 2) transponder. b. REMOTE SELECT DISCRETE: The pin listed below is used to enable a remote tune device such as an FMS. Pin P1-K = REMOTE SELECT. Open = Normal. Ground = Data supplied at either P1-U/V (input port no. 1) or P1-a/Z (input port no. 2) is passed to the transponder. All local tune control functions are disabled. 2.1.4.3 CTL-92T TCAS/Transponder Control Unit Unless otherwise indicated, all selected strapping pins should be connected to P1-43 (COMMON). a. ALTITUDE REPORTING: The pin listed below is used to enable the altitude reporting (Mode C reply) function. This pin can be connected to a remote switch to enable this function. Pin P1-20 = ALTITUDE REPORTING. Open = Normal. Ground = Enables the altitude reporting (Mode C reply) function. b. REMOTE TEST: The pin listed below can be connected to a remote self-test switch to enable the self-test function when parallel tuning is used. If serial tuning is used, self-test is normally initiated through the ATC tuning source; e.g., CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E. Pin P1-46 = REMOTE TEST. Open: Normal. Ground: Initiate the self-test function. c. SERIAL/PARALLEL CONTROL DATA SELECT: The pin listed below is used to select the use of either serial or parallel control data. This option allows the use of a parallel ATC control. At the time of this publication, no installations are known to exist using a parallel ATC tuning control device. Therefore, this pin will be open in all known installations. If the situation changes, this manual will be revised accordingly. Pin P1-47 = SERIAL/PARALLEL CONTROL DATA SELECT. Open = Serial tuning (either CSDB or ARINC 429). Ground (to Pin P1-27) = Parallel tuning. d. TCAS DISPLAY RANGE SELECT: The pin listed below selects which of two display range configurations can be selected by the R (range) select push-button, on units with such a push-button, or the single range available on units with no push-buttons. In all cases where multiple ranges are shown here, it should be understood that the ranges are selectable in the order shown by successive pushes of the R push-button. For example, for 40/20/10/5/3 units, successive pushes cause the display to step through ranges: 40, 20, 10, 5, 3, 40, 20, etc. Pin P1-49 = TCAS DISPLAY RANGE SELECT. The pin logic is shown in Table 2-5.

2-4

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Table 2-5. TCAS Display Range SELECTED DISPLAY RANGE(S) FOR P1-49 Open Gnd (to P1-27) e. -0XX (PUSH-BUTTONS) 5/10/20 6/12 -0XX (NO PUSH-BUTTONS) 20 12 -1XX (PUSH-BUTTONS) 40/20/10/5/3 6/12 -1XX (NO PUSH-BUTTONS) 5 12

DISPLAY MODE: The pin listed below commands the TTR-920/TTR-921 to send TCAS traffic information for display as follows. Pin P1-51 = DISPLAY MODE SEL. On CTL-92T units with CPN ending -0XX and without SB 4: Open = Successive pushes of the M (Mode) push-button cycles the display through WX+TA (Threat traffic with weather radar), TA (Threat traffic, pop-up), and NORMAL (Full time traffic display). Ground (to P1-27) = Successive pushes of the M push-button cycles the display through TA (Threat traffic, pop-up) and NORMAL (Full time traffic display). On CTL-92T units with CPN ending -1XX or -0XX, and with SB 4: This function is not enabled.

f.

INTRUDER ALTITUDE (RELATIVE/ABSOLUTE): The pin listed below determines if the TTR-920/TTR-921 transmits the intruders altitude as relative or absolute information. Pin P1-52 = RELATIVE/ABSOLUTE. Open = Relative altitude (relative to own aircraft altitude). Ground (to P1-27) = Absolute altitude (relative to the ground).

g.

FULL TIME THREAT/THREAT TRAFFIC ONLY: This pin commands the TTR-920/TTR-921 to send TCAS traffic display information as full time traffic or threat traffic only. (This function applies only to -1XX units with no pushbuttons on the front panel or to units with SB 4.) Pin P1-53 = FULL TIME/THREAT. Open = Full time traffic display. Ground (to P1-27) = Threat traffic only (pop-up).

2.1.4.4 RTU-870F/RTU-870T Remote Tuning Unit Unless otherwise indicated, all selected strapping pins should be connected to P1-52 (STRAP COMMON) or P1-53 (STRAP COMMON). a. REMOTE TUNE ENABLE: The pin listed below is used enable the remote tune function. When remote tune is enabled all front panel controls except IDENT and OFF are disabled. Tuning information displayed is that of the remote tuning source. Pin P1-12 = REMOTE TUNE ENABLE. Open = Normal. +28 V dc = Enables the remote tune function. b. c. LOCAL DIM DISABLE: This function is for test purposes only and should be open in all installations. Pin P1-15 = LOCAL DIM DISABLE. ADF TC-X SELECT: This function is not related to TCAS or Transponder operation. Refer to ADF related installation data for details. Pin P1-23 = ADF TC-X SELECT. d. INV TCS INHIBIT: This function is not related to TCAS or Transponder operation. Refer to TACAN (DME/VOR) related installation data for details. Pin P1-24 = INV TCS INHIBIT. e. COMM EXTENDED FREQUENCY SELECT: This function is not related to TCAS or Transponder operation. Refer to COMM related installation data for details. 2-5

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Pin P1-54 = COMM EXTENDED FREQUENCY SELECT. f. NAV EXTENDED FREQUENCY SELECT: This function is not related to TCAS or Transponder operation. Refer to NAV related installation data for details. Pin P1-55 = NAV EXTENDED FREQUENCY SELECT. g. ADF EXTENDED FREQUENCY SELECT: This function is not related to TCAS or Transponder operation. Refer to ADF related installation data for details. Pin P1-56 = ADF EXTENDED FREQUENCY SELECT. h. NO ADF NO. 2 SELECT: This function is not related to TCAS or Transponder operation. Refer to ADF related installation data for details. Pin P1-57 = NO ADF NO. 2 SELECT. i. NAV RADIO TEST INHIBIT: This function is not related to TCAS or Transponder operation. Refer to NAV related installation data for details. Pin P1-58 = NAV RADIO TEST INHIBIT. j. NO DME NO. 2 SELECT: This function is not related to TCAS or Transponder operation. Refer to DME/NAV related installation data for details. Pin P1-59 = NO DME NO. 2 SELECT. k. RTU TEST MODE: The pin listed below enables the RTU test mode. Pin P1-60 = RTU TEST MODE. Open = Normal. Ground = Test mode. The ground must be removed and reapplied to repeat the test. l. MARKER SENS, HI/LO SELECT: This function is not related to TCAS or Transponder operation. Refer to Marker Beacon related installation data for details. Pin P1-61 = MARKER SENS, HI/LO SELECT. m. RTU SIDE 2 SELECT: The pin listed below configures the RTU for side 1 or side 2 operation. Pin P1-64 = RTU SIDE 2 SELECT. Open = Left (Side 1) operation. Ground = Right (Side 2) operation. 2.1.4.5 TDR-94/TDR-94D Mode S Transponder Unless otherwise indicated, all selected strapping pins should be connected to P2-52 (STRAP COMMON) or to the strap ring on the MMT-150 Mounting Tray. a. SINGLE/DUAL ANTENNA SELECT (All Statuses of TDR-94D only): The pin listed below is used to select single or dual antenna operation for the TDR-94D. Pin P2-51 = SINGLE/DUAL ANTENNA. Open = Dual antenna. Ground = TDR-94D transmits and receives only on the bottom antenna port (the top antenna port can be left open or unterminated). b. CSDB/ARINC 429 CONTROL SELECT (All Statuses of TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pin listed below determines the data control format used by the TDR-94 and TDR-94D. Pin P2-56 = CSDB/ARINC CONTROL SELECT. Open = ARINC 429. Ground = CSDB. c. CONTROL PORT SELECT (All Statuses of TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pins listed below determine the ARINC 429 port to be used for tuning control. Pin P2-57 = CONTROL SELECT 1 Pin P2-58 = CONTROL SELECT 2. The pin definitions are shown in Table 2-6.

2-6

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Table 2-6. Transponder Control Port Selection CONTROL PORT SELECTED Port A (P2-19/P2-20) selected (continuous tuning; P2-59 open) Port B (P2-13/P2-14) selected (continuous tuning; P2-59 open) Port C (P2-21/P2-22) selected (continuous tuning; P2-59 open) Non-burst tuning installations d. P2-57 Gnd Open Open Gnd P2-58 Open Open Gnd Gnd

BURST TUNE SELECT (All Statuses of TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pin listed below is used to select burst tune mode. In burst tune mode, the control port strapping (P2-57 and P2-58) is ignored. Burst tune data is accepted on ports A, B, and C as thirty ARINC 429 words spaced over an interval of 1.5 seconds, with 500 msec dwell time on each port and the dwell time suspended when data is present. Continuous data is always accepted if available. When using burst tune mode in dual transponder installations, be sure the two transponders are properly cross-connected (P1-15/P1-30) to ensure that only one transponder is active at a time. Pin: P2-59 = BURST TUNE SELECT. Open = Burst Tune disabled. Ground = Burst Tune enabled.

e.

SDI/SSM SIDE SELECT (All Statuses of TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pins listed below determine the side on which the unit is located. This determines the SDI (CSDB tuning) or SSM (ARINC 429 tuning) to which the unit will respond. Pin P2-46 = SIDE STRAP 1 Pin P2-47 = SIDE STRAP 2. The pin definitions are shown in Table 2-7. Table 2-7. SDI/SSM Selection SDI/SSM Not used Left (Side 1) Right (Side 2) Not used P2-46 Open Open Gnd Gnd P2-47 Open Gnd Open Gnd

f.

ALTITUDE TYPE SELECT (All Statuses of TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pins listed below determine the type of altitude data to be used in the installation as follows. (See Control Altitude Select Pin P1-14, listing below with P1-14 strapped to strap common). Pin P2-41 = ALT TYPE SEL AS0 Pin P2-42 = ALT TYPE SEL AS1. The pin definitions are shown in Table 2-8.

May 19, 2005

2-7

installation

5230775833

Table 2-8. Altitude Type Selection ALTITUDE TYPE ARINC 429 CSDB ARINC 575 ARINC 572 g. P2-41 Gnd Open Gnd Open P2-42 Gnd Gnd Open Open P1-14 Open Open Open Gnd

REPORTING ALTITUDE PORT SELECT (All Statuses of TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pin listed below determines which altitude input port data is used for altitude reporting (Mode C), depending on the type selection above. (Be sure to also see Automatic Altitude Select, P1-28, and Control Altitude Select, P1-14.) Pin P2-48 = REPORTING ALTITUDE PORT SELECT. The pin definition is shown in Table 2-9. Table 2-9. Reporting Altitude Port Selection P2-48 Open Gnd PRIMARY REPORTING ALTITUDE PORT CSDB P2-33/P2-34 P2-35/P2-36 ARINC 429/575 P2-25/P2-36 P2-29/P2-30 ARINC 572 See Note See Note

NOTE
If ARINC 572 is selected (both P2-41 and P2-42 open), P1-14 (CONTROL ALTITUDE SELECT) must be grounded. The selected port is then defined as the primary altitude port and the parallel port is defined as the secondary altitude report. h. CONFIGURATION SELECT (-108 Status TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pins listed below determine if the TDR94/TDR-94D automatically switches to the alternate altitude port when the data on the selected port becomes invalid or otherwise fails. Pin P1-17 = CONFIGURATION SELECT 0 Pin P1-28 = CONFIGURATION SELECT 1. The pin definitions are shown in Table 2-10. Table 2-10. Interface Configuration Definitions CONFIGURATION Standard TDR configuration as per -007 Status Standard TDR Configuration with GAMA 429 FMS Dual AHS (P2-42 = Gnd), GPS data input not restricted to Port B (P2-41 = Open), and PL 4/21 concentrated inputs on FMS/IRS and AIS/ADS Buses ALTITUDE SELECT (P2-42) Note 1 Note 1 Gnd (0) ALTITUDE SELECT (P2-41) Note 1 Note 1 Open (1) CONFIG SEL 1 (P1-17) Open (0) Open (0) Gnd (1) CONFIG SEL 0 (P1-28) Open (0) Gnd (1) Open (0)

2-8

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Table 2-10. Interface Configuration Definitions - Continued CONFIGURATION Dual AHS (P2-42 = Gnd), GPS data input restricted to Port B (P2-41 = Gnd), and PL 4/21 Concentrated Inputs on FMS/IRS and AIS/ADS Buses Triple AHS (P2-42 = Open), GPS data input not restricted to Port B (P2-41 = Open), and PL 4/21 Concentrated Inputs on FMS/IRS and AIS/ADS Buses Triple AHS (P2-42 = Open), GPS data input restricted to Port B (P2-41 = Gnd), and PL 4/21 Concentrated Inputs on FMS/IRS and AIS/ADS Buses Reserved ALTITUDE SELECT (P2-42) Gnd (0) Open (1) ALTITUDE SELECT (P2-41) Gnd (0) Open (1) CONFIG SEL 1 (P1-17) Gnd (1) Gnd (1) CONFIG SEL 0 (P1-28) Open (0) Open (0)

Open (1)

Gnd (0)

Gnd (1)

Open (0)

Note 2

Note 2

Gnd (1)

Gnd (1)

NOTE
1. When the CONFIG SEL 1 and CONFIG SEL 0 are 00 or 01 the standard TDR configuration is selected and the ALTITUDE TYPE SELECT pins function as they always have to select the altitude type provided to the altitude ports. 2. The CONFIG SEL 1 = 1 and CONFIG SEL 0 = 1 configuration is reserved for future use. i. AUTOMATIC ALTITUDE SELECT (-003 Status TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pin listed below determines if the TDR-94/TDR-94D automatically switches to the alternate altitude port when the data on the selected port becomes invalid or otherwise fails. Pin P1-28 = AUTOMATIC ALTITUDE SELECT. Open = Automatic Altitude Select is disabled. Ground = Automatic Altitude Select is enabled. j. CONTROL ALTITUDE SELECT (All Statuses of TDR-94 and TDR-94D): When Pin P1-14 is grounded, the pins listed below are redefined as shown below. Pin P2-41 = ALT TYPE SEL AS0 Pin P2-42 = ALT TYPE SEL AS1. The pin definitions are shown in Table 2-11.

May 19, 2005

2-9

installation

5230775833

Table 2-11. Control Altitude Port Selection ALTITUDE PORT AND TYPE SELECTED P2-41 Gnd Open Gnd Open P2-42 Gnd Gnd Open Open PRIMARY ALTITUDE INPUT Selected Selected Selected Selected Control Control Control Control Port Port Port Port SECONDARY ALTITUDE INPUT ARINC 429 Altitude Port B CSDB Altitude Port B ARINC 575 Altitude Port B ARINC 572 Parallel Port (Note 2)

NOTE
1. In all cases, the Selected Control Port can be either CSDB or ARINC 429 as determined by the strapping on P2-56, and either Port A or Port B as determined by P2-57 and P2-58 above. 2. Users should be aware that this configuration may not be compatible if sources with different altitude resolutions are used: ARINC 572 (Gillham) = 100 ft, Digital (typically) = 10 ft. k. ADLP INSTALLED (All Statuses of TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pin listed below must be connected to strap common when an ADLP (Airborne Data Link Processor) is active in the installation. If this pin is connected to strap common but no ADLP data is present on the ADLP input terminals, a diagnostic code A2 or A4 will be transmitted. At the time of this publication, no known ADLP equipment is available. If and when suitable equipment becomes available, this manual will be revised accordingly. Pin P2-60 = ADLP INSTALL. l. TCAS INSTALLED (All Statuses of TDR-94D only): The pin listed below determines if all TCAS interface functions are enabled. Pin P1-13 = TCAS INSTALLED. Open = TCAS is not installed. Ground = TCAS is installed. If this pin is grounded but no TCAS data is present on the TCAS input terminals, a diagnostic code B3 will be transmitted. m. MAX AIRSPEED PROGRAMMING (All Statuses of TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pins listed below program the TDR-94/TDR-94D according to the maximum airspeed capability of the aircraft. Pin P2-43 = MAX AIRSPEED SEL 1 Pin P2-44 = MAX AIRSPEED SEL 2 Pin P2-45 = MAX AIRSPEED SEL 3. The pin definitions are shown inTable 2-12.

2-10

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Table 2-12. Maximum Airspeed Selection MAXIMUM AIRSPEED No airspeed data available 0 to 75 knots 75 to 150 knots 150 to 300 knots 300 to 600 knots 600 to 1200 knots More that 1200 knots Not defined P2-43 Open Gnd Open Gnd Open Gnd Open Gnd P2-44 Open Open Gnd Gnd Open Open Gnd Gnd P2-45 Open Open Open Open Gnd Gnd Gnd Gnd

NOTE
1. If the aircraft maximum airspeed is at a crossover point, use the lower strapping range. For example, if the aircraft maximum airspeed is 600 knots, strap for 300 to 600 knots. 2. Aircraft airspeed data is used in the air-to-air and air-to-ground message exchange. n. MODE S ADDRESS PROGRAMMING (All Statuses of TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pins listed below strap each TDR for the unique Mode S address assigned to that aircraft in which the TDR is installed. Refer to the Pro Line II Comm/Nav/Pulse System Installation Manual for detailed instructions on Mode S address programming. The Mode S address is determined by the aircraft registration number and may be obtained from the local FAA office. o. Pin P1-32 = MODE S ADDRESS COMMON Pin P1-33 = MODE S ADDRESS B1 Pin P1-34 = MODE S ADDRESS B2 Pin P1-35 = MODE S ADDRESS B3 Pin P1-36 = MODE S ADDRESS B4 Pin P1-37 = MODE S ADDRESS B5 Pin P1-38 = MODE S ADDRESS B6 Pin P1-39 = MODE S ADDRESS B7 Pin P1-40 = MODE S ADDRESS B8 Pin P1-41 = MODE S ADDRESS B9 Pin P1-42 = MODE S ADDRESS B10 Pin P1-43 = MODE S ADDRESS B11 Pin P1-44 = MODE S ADDRESS B12 Pin P1-45 = MODE S ADDRESS B13 Pin P1-46 = MODE S ADDRESS B14 Pin P1-47 = MODE S ADDRESS B15 Pin P1-48 = MODE S ADDRESS B16 Pin P1-49 = MODE S ADDRESS B17 Pin P1-50 = MODE S ADDRESS B18 Pin P1-51 = MODE S ADDRESS B19 Pin P1-52 = MODE S ADDRESS B20 Pin P1-53 = MODE S ADDRESS B21 Pin P1-54 = MODE S ADDRESS B22 Pin P1-55 = MODE S ADDRESS B23 Pin P1-56 = MODE S ADDRESS B24.

MODE S EXTENDED SERVICES (MSSS) (-004 through -007 Statuses of TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pin listed below determines if the transponder will collect data from GPS, FMS, IRS, AIS, and ADS interfaces as specified in the Manual on Mode-S Specific Services. This data is used to support associated Ground-Initiated Comm-B, Mode-S Specific Protocol, and Broadcast services. Pin P1-19 = MSSS SELECT. Open = MSSS not enabled. Ground = MSSS enabled.

May 19, 2005

2-11

installation

5230775833

p.

SELFTEST INHIBIT (-008 and -108 Statuses of TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pin listed below may be connected to an external switch and is used to inhibit the self test function. Pin P1-19 = SELFTEST INHIBIT. Open = Normal. Ground = The SELFTEST function is inhibited.

q.

ACQ SQUITTER INHIBIT (-004 through -007 Status TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pin that follows is used to inhibit the acquisition squitters. Pin P1-26 = ACQ SQUITTER INHIBIT. Open = ACQ Squitter not inhibited. Ground = ACQ Squitter inhibited.

r.

EXT SQUITTER DISABLE (-004 through -008 and -108 Status TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pin that follows is used to inhibit the external acquisition squitters. Pin P1-59 = EXT SQUITTER DISABLE. Open = Ext Squitter not inhibited. Ground = Ext Squitter inhibited.

NOTE
The three functions that follow are for non-standard applications and should not be used at this time. s. GENERATION OF EXTENDED SQUITTER (ADS-B) TRANSMISSIONS (-004 through -008 and -108 Status TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pins listed below provide extended type of vehicle and aircraft size information. When interfaced to an ADLP, the ADLP provides all data necessary. When not interfaced to an ADLP, the transponder will generate extended squitters. GPS or FMS/IRS, and altitude data is required for position reports and airborne supplemental information. Aircraft identification requires ident words from a DITS control, RMS, or other flight identification system. Pin P1-20 = EXTENDED SQUITTER 1 Pin P1-21 = EXTENDED SQUITTER 2 Pin P1-22 = EXTENDED SQUITTER 3 Pin P1-23 = AIRCRAFT TYPE SET. The pin definitions are shown Table 2-13 and Table 2-14. Table 2-13. Extended Squitter Definition for Aircraft Type Set A DEFINITION No aircraft type information Small (less than 12,500 lbs) Medium (12,500 to 75,000 lbs) Large (75,000 to 190,000 lbs) Extra Large (190,000 to 300,000 lbs) Heavy (greater than 300,000 lbs) High performance Rotor craft CODE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 P1-20 Open Gnd Open Gnd Open Gnd Open Gnd P1-21 Open Open Gnd Gnd Open Open Gnd Gnd P1-22 Open Open Open Open Gnd Gnd Gnd Gnd

NOTE
The definitions shown in this table are used when pin P1-23 is left open.

2-12

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Table 2-14. Extended Squitter Definition for Aircraft Type Set B DEFINITION No aircraft type information Glider/sailplane Lighter-than-air vehicle Parachutist or skydiver Surface vehicle Fixed ground or tethered obstruction Unmanned aerial vehicle Unassigned CODE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 P1-20 Open Gnd Open Gnd Open Gnd Open Gnd P1-21 Open Open Gnd Gnd Open Open Gnd Gnd P1-22 Open Open Open Open Gnd Gnd Gnd Gnd

NOTE
The definitions shown in this table are used when pin P1-23 is grounded. t. ARINC-429 BUS LOW/HIGH SPEED SELECT (-004 through -008 and -108 Status TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pins listed below are used to set the specified bus receivers for low speed (12.5 kHz) or high speed (100 kHz) bus operation. Pin P1-18 = GPS LO/HI SEL Pin P1-24 = FMS/IRS LO/HI SEL Pin P1-57 = AIS/ADS LO/HI SEL. Open = low speed (12.5 kHz). Ground = high speed (100 mHz). u. IRS ENABLE (-004 through -007 Status TDR-94 and TDR-94D): The pin indicated is used to select an IRS data source instead of GNSS data. Pin P1-17 = IRS ENABLE. Open = GNSS data. Ground = IRS data. 2.1.4.6 TTC-920G TCAS/Transponder Control Unless otherwise indicated, all selected strapping pins should be connected to P1-6 (COMMON) or P2-6 (COMMON). a. REMOTE FUNCTIONAL (SELF) TEST: The pin listed below is used to initiate the self test function. This pin can be connected to a ground through a remote switch. Pin P1-9 = REMOTE SELF TEST. A ground initiates the self-test function. The ground must be removed and reapplied to repeat the function. b. ALTERNATE AIR DATA SOURCE: The pins listed below are used to select the alternate air data source. Pin P1-16 = ALTERNATE DATA SOURCE 1 Pin P2-16 = ALTERNATE DATA SOURCE 2. A ground at either pin causes the TTC-920G to send command data (to switch to the alternate air data source) to the TTR-920/TTR-921. c. MONITOR LAMP TEST: The pin listed below is used to test the monitor lamp. Pin P1-21 = MONITOR LAMP TEST. A ground causes the monitor lamp to light and thus verify its functionality. 2.1.4.7 TTR-920/TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver a. AIRCRAFT ALTITUDE LIMIT: The pins listed below set the altitude (in feet) above which the aircraft cannot climb at a rate of 1,500 fpm (feet per minute). Select the altitude to the nearest 2,000 foot increment below the actual limit if the actual limit is not a multiple of 2,000 feet. RMP-6D must be open to select this function. Pin RMP-6E = Altitude Limit 2,000 Feet Pin RMP-6F = Altitude Limit 4,000 Feet Pin RMP-6G = Altitude Limit 8,000 Feet Pin RMP-6H = Altitude Limit 16,000 Feet 2-13

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Pin RMP-6J = Altitude Limit 32,000 Feet Pin RMP-6K = Altitude Limit Common. Example: Suppose an actual altitude limit = 35,000 feet, Strap RMP-6J and RMP-6E (32,000 + 2,000 = 34,000) b. DIGITAL ALTITUDE LIMIT: The pins listed below receive ARINC 429 data from an external computer which is capable of dynamically determining the aircrafts climb limit; such as a PMS or FMS. At the time of this publication, this function has not been software implemented. If and when this function is activated this input will be selectable by grounding RMP-6D. RMP-6A = Performance Limit ARINC 429 A RMP-6B = Performance Limit ARINC 429 B RMP-6D = Performance Limit Discrete. c. PERFORMANCE LIMIT DISCRETE: The pin listed below selects the climb limit conditions. In view of the DIGITAL ALTITUDE LIMIT description, RMP-6D should be left open in current installations. Pin: RMP-6D = PERFORMANCE LIMIT DISCRETE. Open = The Climb Limit is determined by Program Pins RMP-6E through RMP-6J. Ground = The Climb Limit is determined by an external computer input (RMP-6A/RMP-6B). d. CLIMB INHIBIT PROGRAM DISCRETES: The pins listed below control the 1500 feet per minute (fpm) climb limit. A simultaneous ground between either CLIMB INHIBIT 1 and CLIMB INHIBIT 2, or between CLIMB INHIBIT 3 and CLIMB INHIBIT 4 indicates that the aircraft cannot achieve a climb rate of 1500 fpm e. Pin Pin Pin Pin RMP-1J = Climb Inhibit 1 RMP-13G = Climb Inhibit 2 RBP-5J = Climb Inhibit 3 RBP-5K = Climb Inhibit 4.

INCREASE CLIMB INHIBIT PROGRAM DISCRETES: The pins listed below control the 2500 fpm climb limit. A simultaneous ground between either INCREASE CLIMB 1 and INCREASE CLIMB 2, or between INCREASE CLIMB 3 and INCREASE CLIMB 4 indicates that the aircraft cannot achieve a climb rate of 2500 fpm. Pin RBP-5E = Increase Climb Inhibit 1 Pin RBP-5F = Increase Climb Inhibit 2 Pin RBP-5G = Increase Climb Inhibit 3 Pin RBP-5H = Increase Climb Inhibit 4.

f.

TA DISPLAY INTRUDER LIMIT PROGRAM: The pins listed below are intended for display devices capable of responding to the display limit field (bits 20 through 24) of the RTS word (Label 357). This program function sets the number of intruders that can be displayed by that device. This function affects the display only and not the TA computation. Pin RBP-8F = TA/RA DISPLAY SYMBOL 16 Pin RBP-8G = TA/RA DISPLAY SYMBOL 8 Pin RBP-8H = TA/RA DISPLAY SYMBOL 4 Pin RBP-8J = TA/RA DISPLAY SYMBOL 2 Pin RBP-8K = TA/RA DISPLAY SYMBOL 1 Pin RBP-7K = PROGRAM COMMON. The pin definitions are shown in Table 2-15.

2-14

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Table 2-15. Max Intruder Strapping MAX INTRUDERS Unlimited 30 17 12 7 3 g. RBP-8F (16) Open Open Open Gnd Gnd Gnd RBP-8G (8) Open Open Gnd Open Gnd Gnd RBP-8H (4) Open Open Gnd Open Open Gnd RBP-8J (2) Open Open Gnd Gnd Open Open RBP-8K (1) Open Gnd Open Gnd Open Open

GROUND TRAFFIC DISPLAY MODE: The pins listed below program the TTR-920/TTR-921 for the desired ground operating mode. The ground condition is defined as having RMP-5K set low (indicating weight on wheels) or when radio altitude passes through 80 10 feet (Change 7.0 version of software). Pin RBP-7E = GROUND DISPLAY MODE Pin RBP-7K = PROGRAM COMMON. Open = Display all traffic. Ground = Assume standby (TCAS off).

h.

DISPLAY ALL - TRAFFIC/THREAT TRAFFIC: The pins listed below are intended for display devices capable of responding to bit 19 of the RTS word (label 357). Some displays may give this function priority over an equivalent remote function(s). Pin RBP-7F = DISPLAY ALL TRAFFIC Pin RBP-7K = PROGRAM COMMON. Open = Display all traffic. Ground = Display traffic only when threat traffic is present (pop-up).

i.

AIRBORNE SELF-TEST INHIBIT: The pin listed below programs the TTR-920/TTR-921 to allow airborne self-test; that is, when RMP-5K is high (indicating weight off wheels). Self-test is always allowed when the aircraft is on the ground Pin RBP-8E = SELF TEST INHIBIT Pin RBP-7K = PROGRAM COMMON. Open = Test allowed. Ground = Test inhibited.

j.

ADVISORY INHIBIT DISCRETES: The pins listed below program the TTR-920/TTR-921 sensitivity level based on higher priority conditions e.g., ground proximity warn, windshear advisory, etc). Pin RBP-5A = ADVISORY INHIBIT 1 Pin RBP-5B = ADVISORY INHIBIT 2 Pin RBP-5C = ADVISORY INHIBIT 3 Pin RBP-5D = ADVISORY INHIBIT 4 Pin RBP-7K = PROGRAM COMMON. The pin definition is as shown in Table 2-16 : Table 2-16. Advisory Inhibit Selection TTR-920/TTR-921 OPERATION Assume standby mode TA only mode and inhibit all voice and aural advisories. RBP-5A Gnd Open Open Open RBP-5B X Gnd X X RBP-5C X X Gnd X RBP-5D X X X Gnd

NOTE
X = Either open or ground (supplied from external source). May 19, 2005 2-15

installation

5230775833

k.

RA MONITOR DISABLE: The pin listed below provides a means of disabling the RA DISPLAY 1 (RMP-14C) and RA DISPLAY 2 (RMP-13E) monitor functions in installations using an RA display device that does not provide RA Display Status discrete outputs. Pin RBP-4G = RA MONITOR DISABLE Pin RBP-7K = PROGRAM COMMON. Ground RBP-4G to RBP-7K in installations using an RA display device that does not provide RA Display Status discrete outputs.

l.

CABLE DELAY: The pins that follow program the TTR-920/TTR-921 to compensate for the difference between top and bottom antenna cable signal propagation delay (length). Pin RBP-7H = CABLE DELAY MSB Pin RBP-7J = CABLE DELAY LSB Pin RBP-7G = CABLE DELAY SIGN Pin RBP-7K = PROGRAM COMMON. The pin definitions are shown in Table 2-17. Table 2-17. Cable Delays DELAY DIFFERENCE 0 to 50 ns 51 to 150 ns 151 to 250 ns 251 to 350 ns RBP-7H Open Open Gnd Gnd RBP-7J Open Gnd Open Gnd DELAY ADDED 0 ns 100 ns 200 ns 300 ns

NOTE
If required, add a delay to the antenna port with the shortest antenna cables as follows: If a delay is to be added to the top antenna port, leave pin RBP-7G open. If a delay is to be added to the bottom antenna port, ground pin RBP-7G. To calculate the delay in the existing cables: 1. Measure cable length of one of the top and bottom antenna cables (the four cables in each port group should be the same length). 2. Determine the cable delay for each port group by multiplying twice the length by the published cable delay factor (supplied by cable manufacturer). 3. Find the delay difference between the two cable groups (subtract). 4. Locate the appropriate range in the table above and strap RBP-7J and/or RBP-7H accordingly. 5. Strap RBP-7G as needed to select the top or bottom antenna port. m. ANTENNA CABLE LOSS COMPENSATION: The pins that follow program the TTR-920/TTR-921 to compensate for signal loss in the top and bottom antenna cables (which is related to cable type, length, and connector installation integrity). Pin RMP-10A = TOP ANTENNA GAIN PROGRAM A Pin RMP-10B = TOP ANTENNA GAIN PROGRAM B Pin RMP-10C = BOTTOM ANTENNA GAIN PROGRAM A Pin RMP-10D = BOTTOM ANTENNA GAIN PROGRAM B Pin RBP-7K = PROGRAM COMMON. The pin definitions are shown in Table 2-18.

2-16

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Table 2-18. Cable Loss MEASURED LOSS IN dB 0 to 1 1 to 2 2 to 3 3 to 4 (Note 1) TOP ANTENNA RMP-10A Gnd Open Open Gnd RMP-10B Open Gnd Open Gnd BOTTOM ANTENNA RMP-10C Gnd Open Open Gnd RMP-10D Open Gnd Open Gnd

NOTE
1. The 3 to 4 dB loss applies only to a TTR-920. 2. It is anticipated that all four cables in each cable grouping will display nearly identical loss characteristics. Paragraph 1.A.(5) above requires that the cables within each group be matched to within 0.5 dB. If the measured values leave doubt about which strapping is appropriate, calculate and use the average loss for the four cables within the group. If the value is on a crossover point (e.g., 2 dB), use the strapping for the higher loss range. n. SPECIAL CONCORDE AIRCRAFT TCAS ANTENNA, TRE-920C ANTENNA SELECT: The pins listed below are used only on the Concorde SST and must be left open on all other installations. Grounding RBP-8D to RBP-7K causes the TTR-920/TTR-921 to compensate for the somewhat different operating characteristics of the antenna used on this aircraft. Pin RBP-8D = CONCORDE SST Pin RBP-7K = PROGRAM COMMON. o. ALT-50/55 ANALOG ALTITUDE DATA SELECT: The pins listed below are used only if an ALT-50 or ALT-55 Radio Altimeter System is going to be used. Otherwise, leave the pin open. Pin RBP-9H = ANALOG ALTITUDE FORMAT. Open = ARINC 552 Scaling. Ground = ALT-50/55 Scaling. p. AUDIO OUTPUT GAIN PROGRAMMING AIRBORNE: The pins listed below are used to program the TTR-920/TTR-921 audio output level for compatibility with the aircraft audio system input requirements. The TTR-921 has additional audio output gain programming used when the aircraft is on the ground. Pin RBP-7A = AUDIO LEVEL 1 Pin RBP-7B = AUDIO LEVEL 2 Pin RBP-7C = AUDIO LEVEL 3 Pin RBP-7K = PROGRAM COMMON. The pin definitions are shown in Table 2-19.

May 19, 2005

2-17

installation

5230775833

Table 2-19. Audio Level Selection AUDIO SYSTEM INPUT 8- OUTPUT 8.0 W 4.0 W 2.0 W 1.0 W 500 mW 250 mW 125 mW 62.5 mW q. 600- OUTPUT 80 mW 40 mW 20 mW 10 mW 5 mW 2.5 mW 1.5 mW 0.625 mW RBP-7A Gnd Open Open Open Open Gnd Gnd Gnd PROGRAM PINS RBP-7B Gnd Open Open Gnd Gnd Open Open Gnd RBP-7C Gnd Open Gnd Open Gnd Open Gnd Open

AUDIO OUTPUT GAIN PROGRAMMING, GROUND (TTR-921 Only): The pins listed are used to program the TTR-921 audio output level used when the aircraft is on the ground.: Pin RBP-8A = AUDIO OUTPUT GAIN 1 Pin RBP-8B = AUDIO OUTPUT GAIN 2 Pin RBP-8C = AUDIO OUTPUT GAIN 3 Pin RBP-7K = PROGRAM COMMON. The pin definitions are shown in Table 2-20. Table 2-20. Audio Gain, Ground (TTR-921) AUDIO SYSTEM INPUT 8- OUTPUT 8.0 W 4.0 W 2.0 W 1.0 W 500 mW 250 mW 125 mW 62.5 mW 600- OUTPUT 80 mW 40 mW 20 mW 10 mW 5 mW 2.5 mW 1.5 mW 0.625 mW RBP-8A Gnd Open Open Open Open Gnd Gnd Gnd PROGRAM PINS RBP-8B Gnd Open Open Gnd Gnd Open Open Gnd RBP-8C Gnd Open Gnd Open Gnd Open Gnd Open

r.

AUDIO TONE INHIBIT: The pins listed below determine the duration of the each of the AURAL ANN CORRECT (RMP-1F), AURAL ANN PREVENT (RMP-1K), and AURAL ANN TRAFFIC (RM-2A) tones. Pin RBP-7D = AUDIO TUNE ENABLE Pin RBP-7K = PROGRAM COMMON. Open = Aural for the duration of the advisory. Ground = Aural for 1 second.

2.1.4.8 TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator Unless otherwise indicated, all selected strapping pins should be connected to one of the STRAP COMMON Pins a. VERTICAL SPEED DATA, FORMAT, AND SOURCE SELECT: The pins listed below program the unit according to the signal format and source of vertical speed data being used in the installation. Pin P1-31 = SOURCE SELECT DISCRETE Pin P1-32 = CONFIGURATION STRAP 0 Pin P1-33 = CONFIGURATION STRAP 1 Pin P1-34 = CONFIGURATION STRAP 2. The pin logic is shown in Table 2-21. 2-18 May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Table 2-21. Source Selection TIME CONSTANT 2.40 4.00 4.75 2.40 2.40 2.40 1.60 2.00 2.40 0.80 seconds seconds seconds seconds seconds seconds seconds seconds seconds seconds P1-34 Gnd Gnd Gnd Gnd Gnd Gnd Open Open Open Open P1-33 Gnd Gnd Open Open Gnd Open Open Gnd Gnd Open P1-32 Open Open Gnd Gnd Gnd Open Gnd Gnd Open Open P1-31 Gnd Open Open Gnd SS SS SS SS SS SS SOURCE 5 6 7 6 3 2 3 1 4 2

NOTE
1. Source 1 is Air data computer (ADC) via ARINC 575 (ARINC 419) bus label 212, both primary and secondary. 2. Source 2 is Inertial reference system (IRS) via ARINC 429 high-speed bus label 365, both primary and secondary. 3. Source 3 is ADC via ARINC 429 low speed, bus label 212 (p & s). 4. Source 4 is ADC via Manchester label 0010 (binary), primary and secondary, TVI-920D-XX2 and -XX4 models only. 5. Source 5 is ADC via ARINC 565 analog ac, 0.25 mV/ft/min; 26-V ac reference required, P1-5/16. 6. Source 6 is ADC via ARINC 575 analog dc, 0.5 mV/ft/min; +12- and -12- V dc references required. 7. Source 7 is Pitot static (pneumatic). VS calculated internally based on air pressure. 8. The time constant of the pointer is the time required to reach 63% of correct (final) indication. 9. For P1-31: Open indicates that P1-27/P1-12 is a primary port only, Gnd indicates that P1-30/P1-14 is a secondary port only, and SS indicates that the port is selectable (open = primary, ground = secondary). b. DISPLAY MODE SELECT: The pins listed below program the unit for the desired traffic display. Installers should avoid installing certain combinations of CTL-92T and TVI-920/TVI-920D with the same control capabilities, which can lead to conflicts. For example, do not install a CTL-92T with an A/B push-button and a TVI-920/TVI-920D also with an A/B push-button in the same installation. Pin P1-36 = CONFIGURATION STRAP 5 Pin P1-37 = CONFIGURATION STRAP 6 Pin P1-38 = CONFIGURATION STRAP 7. Refer to Table 2-22 for selection guidelines.

May 19, 2005

2-19

installation

5230775833

Table 2-22. Display Mode Selection CONFIG 0 (Local) P1-38 P1-37 P1-36 0 0 0 TVI-920() OPERATION (622-9353-XXX/622-9728-XXX) -0XX: Not applicable (see note 3) -1XX: Not applicable (see note 3) -2XX: POP-UP LOCAL M, R (6/12 nmi) -3XX: FULL TIME LOCAL A/B, R (6/12 nmi) (see note 2) -4XX: POP-UP LOCAL M, R (6/12 nmi) -0XX: POP-UP, REMOTE M, R (6/12 nmi) -1XX: POP-UP, REMOTE M, R (40/20/10/5/3 nmi) (see note 1) -2XX: Not applicable (see note 3) -3XX: Not applicable (see note 3) -4XX: Not applicable (see note 3) -0XX: VSI/RA Display only -1XX: VSI/RA Display only -2XX: VSI/RA Display only -3XX: VSI/RA Display only -4XX: VSI/RA Display only -0XX: FULL TIME ALL TRAFFIC DISPLAY (6/12 nmi) -1XX: FULL TIME ALL TRAFFIC DISPLAY (40/20/10/5/3 or 6/12 nmi) (see note 1) -2XX: Not applicable (see note 3) -3XX: Not applicable (see note 3) -4XX: Not applicable (see note 3) -0XX: VSI only -1XX: VSI only -2XX: VSI only -3XX: VSI only -4XX: VSI only -0XX: Undefined -1XX: Not applicable (see note 3) -2XX: Undefined -3XX: FULL TIME LOCAL A/B, R (40/20/10/5/3 nmi) (see note 2) -4XX: POP-UP LOCAL M, R (40/20/10/5/3 nmi) -0XX: Undefined -1XX: Undefined -2XX: Undefined -3XX: Undefined -4XX: Undefined

1 (Remote)

2 (VSI/RA)

3 (Full Time)

4 (VSI)

5 (LOCAL)

2-20

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Table 2-22. Display Mode Selection - Continued CONFIG 7 P1-38 P1-37 P1-36 1 1 1 TVI-920() OPERATION (622-9353-XXX/622-9728-XXX) -0XX: Undefined -1XX: Undefined -2XX: Undefined -3XX: Undefined -4XX: Undefined

NOTE
1. Requires a properly strapped -1XX status CTL-92T to display the 40/20/10/5/3/ nmi ranges. If the installation uses a TTC-920G, only the 6 and 12 nmi ranges are available. 2. All traffic/threat traffic (pop-up) mode selection is determined by strap 2 (pin J1-53) of the CTL-92T. 3. Remote above/below, mode and range selections are not applicable to units with push-buttons (-2XX/3XX/-4XX). Likewise, local above/below, mode, and range selections are not applicable to units without push-buttons (-0XX/-1XX). 4. Logic: 1 = open and 0 = ground (connect to configuration common pin P1-15). c. DISPLAY TYPE SELECT: The pin listed below determines the type of resolution advisory display to be shown on TVI-920/TVI-920D. Pin P1-29 = DISPLAY TYPE SELECT. The pin logic is shown in Table 2-23. Table 2-23. Display Type Selection CONNECTED TO TTR-920/TTR-921 PINS RMP-7E and RMP-14C RMP-7J and RMP-13E RMP-14C RMP-13E d. TVI NO. 1 2 1 2 DISPLAY TYPE Both RA and TA Both RA and TA RA only RA only

REMOTE MODE/ALTITUDE SELECT: TVI-920D units with CPN ending in -3XX have push-buttons labeled RNG and A/B. TVI-920D units with CPN ending in -4XX have push-buttons labeled RNG and M (mode). When interfacing these units with the CTL-92T, observe the following strapping requirements for proper local/remote mode selection. Pin P1-17 = REMOTE MODE/ALTITUDE SELECT Pin P1-15 = CONFIGURATION COMMON. The pin logic is shown in Table 2-24. Table 2-24. Remote Mode/Altitude Selection P1-17 Open DESCRIPTION -3XX: Local A/B selection enabled. Mode information is accepted from the CTL-92T depending on the strapping of CTL-92T pin P1-53 or TTR-920/TTR-921 pin RBP-7F. In both cases: Open = all traffic and ground = threat traffic. -4XX: Not certifiable

May 19, 2005

2-21

installation

5230775833

Table 2-24. Remote Mode/Altitude Selection - Continued P1-17 Ground DESCRIPTION -3XX: Not certifiable -4XX: Local mode selection enabled. A/B can be selected on the -001, -201, -003, and -203 TTC920G units.

NOTE
P1-17 is not enabled -1XX units (i.e., units without push-buttons). e. TVI-920/TVI-920D SELF-TEST INPUT: The pin listed below is used to initiate the TVI-920/TVI-920D self-test. The TVI-920/TVI-920D normally responds to a TCAS self-test by displaying the TCAS self-test annunciation and intruder symbol pattern. If the TVI-920/TVI-920D self-test is desired, a remote TVI self-test switch must be provided and connected to this pin. Pin P1-41 = SELF TEST. 2.1.5 Mounting The paragraphs that follow describe the mounting requirements for the units listed below: 237Z-1 L-Band Antenna (or equivalent) CTL-92, CTL-92A, CTL-92E, and CTL-92T Controls RTU-870F and RTU-870T Radio Tuning Units TDR-94 and TDR-94D ATC/Mode S Transponders TRE-920 TCAS Directional Antenna TTC-920G Control TTR-920 and TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receivers.

2.1.5.1 237Z-1 L-Band Antenna (Or Equivalent) 2.1.5.1.1 System Requirements The TCAS-94 requires two antennas, one of which must be the TRE-920 directional antenna. The second antenna can be another TRE-920 directional antenna or it can be an omnidirectional antenna like the 237Z-1.

NOTE
The omnidirectional antenna must provide a dc input resistance of less than 1800 . An ac coupled antenna cannot be used. 2.1.5.1.2 Cooling Requirements No cooling is required for either type of antenna. 2.1.5.1.3 Mounting 1. Mounting Dimensions Refer to Figure 2-15 for outline and mounting dimensions. 2. Mounting Locations The 237Z-1 antenna, if used, must always be mounted on the bottom of the fuselage. All antennas should be mounted in a location which will keep the interconnecting coaxial cables as short as practicable. 3. Antenna Pattern Considerations Achieving optimum antenna pattern coverage should be a factor in the choice of mounting locations. Antenna locations should be chosen so that both antennas appear to be at about the same range and bearing from the interrogator. Generally, the physical longitudinal separation of the top and bottom antennas should be no more than 25 feet. 4. Antenna Isolation Observe standard antenna installation practices to assure adequate antenna separation from other antennas, especially antennas associated with other L-band systems (ATC/Mode S transponders and DME) and ADF systems. The objective should be to achieve about 20 dB of isolation. This corresponds to about 2 wavelengths or about 30 inches. 5. VSWR The vswr produced by the antenna terminating a 50-ohm transmission line should be no greater than 1.42:1 (1.0 to 1.1 GHz) or 1.8:1 (0.96 to 1.22 GHz) when installed on a ground plane that is 4 feet (or larger) in diameter. The antenna should provide a direct path to airframe ground. 2-22 May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

2.1.5.2 CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Transponder Control and CTL-92T TCAS Control 2.1.5.2.1 System Requirements The transponder control can be either an ARINC 429 unit or a CSDB unit. The CTL-92, CTL-92A, and CTL-92E control uses the CSDB data format. If this control is selected, the installation must also include a CTL-92T TCAS Control to convert the CSDB to ARINC 429 format as required by the TCAS. Therefore, the CTL-92T receives the transponder control information in CSDB format, adds the necessary TCAS control data, and supplies ARINC 429 data to the transponder and the TCAS. 2.1.5.2.2 Cooling Requirements The CTL-92, CTL-92A, CTL-92E, and CTL-92T have no special cooling requirements other than normal convection cooling. The panel location chosen should allow easy access by the flight crew as well as allow for sufficient airflow for cooling. 2.1.5.2.3 Mounting The CTL-92, CTL-92A, CTL-92E, and CTL-92T controls are normally mounted in the control panel within easy reach of the crew. Refer to the outline and mounting dimensions shown in Figure 2-18 for the CTL-92/CTL-92A, Figure 2-19 for the CTL-92E, and Figure 2-20 for the CTL-92T. 2.1.5.3 RTU-870F/RTU-870T Radio Tuning Units 2.1.5.3.1 System Requirements The RTU-870F/RTU-870T Radio Tuning Units are panel mounted radio tuning units capable of controlling a variety of COMM and NAV equipment including the TCAS and Transponder systems. The RTU can be installed in pairs and each unit can control two sets of radios, thus providing reversionary tuning capabilities. 2.1.5.3.2 Cooling Requirements There are no special cooling requirements except that adequate airflow in and around the unit must be provided. Avoid locating the unit adjacent to equipment that tends to radiate high levels of heat. 2.1.5.3.3 Mounting Refer to Figure 2-21 for the RTU-870F/RTU-870T Radio Tuning Unit Outline and Mounting Dimensions. The unit should be located within easy reach and viewing by the flight crew. 2.1.5.4 TDR-94/TDR-94D ATC/Mode S Transponder 2.1.5.4.1 System Requirements The TCAS-94 requires one ATC/Mode S diversity transponder like the TDR-94D. If transponder redundancy is required/desired, the backup transponder can be either a TDR-94D or a non-diversity unit like the TDR-94. However, users should realize that if the backup transponder is not a diversity unit, the TCAS will be unusable if the primary transponder fails. 2.1.5.4.2 Cooling Requirements The transponder does not require forced-air cooling. It is convection cooled. Ensure that any adjacent equipment does not obstruct airflow about or through the transponder. 2.1.5.4.3 Mounting The TDR-94/TDR-94D transponder is designed to be mounted on the MMT-150 Modular Mounting Tray, CPN 622-9672-003. Refer to Figure 2-23 through Figure 2-26 for outline and mounting dimensions. 2.1.5.4.4 Antenna Cabling Requirements In planning a TDR-94/TDR-94D transponder antenna cable installation, the following restrictions apply: a. Individual cable loss including connectors must not exceed 3 dB. b. c. d. Signal loss difference (between top and bottom antenna cables for each transponder independently) must not exceed 1 dB. Allow sufficient length so that the bends will have a minimum radius of 76.2 mm (3.0 in) or as defined by the cable manufacturer. If one cable must be longer than physically necessary because of the loss matching requirement, coil the excessive and secure it properly to the airframe structure.

Table 2-25 lists antenna cable types that can be used with the TDR-94/TDR-94D. The listing shows the loss factors for each cable type. This listing does not allow for connector loss which may become significant when the required cable length approaches the maximum. For example, suppose you need a minimum cable length of 20 feet. The listing suggests that you could use RG-142/U. However, 20 feet of RG-142/U will give 2.6 dB of cable loss, leaving only 0.4 dB for connector loss and cable deterioration margin. This can be insufficient depending on how proficiently the connectors are installed. Furthermore, in diversity installations, the two cables must be matched to within 1-dB of signal loss. Again, assuming connector loss and other loss factors to be equivalent between the two cables, this means that the difference in cable length of the two cables can be no more than the length equivalent of 1 dB of loss. This is a fixed length for any given cable type and is shown in the Maximum Difference column of Table 2-25. It must be emphasized that this is a length difference and not a total length. Obviously, the shorter cable can be very nearly the same length as the longer cable; in fact, ideally they are the same length.

May 19, 2005

2-23

installation

5230775833

Table 2-25. Transponder Antenna Cable List CABLE TYPE RG-142/U RG-393/U ECS 311201 IW 3051 PIC S22089 LOSS FACTOR (LF) DB/FT 0.13 0.05 0.0589 0.045 0.038
(3) (1)

MAXIMUM LENGTH OF LONGEST CABLE FT 23.1 60 51 66.7 79 M 7.0 18.3 15.8 20 25

(2) MAXIMUM DIFFERENCE IN LENGTH BETWEEN THE TWO CABLES FT 7.7 20 17 22.2 26.3 M 2.3 6.1 5.2 6.7 8

DB/M 0.43 0.164 0.19 0.15 0.12

NOTE
(1) Maximum length shown here is more a theoretical length because is neglects connector and other cable losses. It is determined by: 3/LF. Installers should reduce the maximum length to accommodate the total of cable loss, connector loss, and cable deterioration within the 3 dB limit. (2) Applies to diversity installations only and is determined by: 1/LF). (3) From Reference Data for Radio Engineers, by H.P. Westmann, 1968. (4) Cable sources are: ECS cable is available from Electric Cable Specialists, 2065 Smithtown, Milwaukee, WI 53220 IW cable is available from Insulated Wire Inc., P.O. Box 37, Ronkonokoma, NY 117779 PIC cable is available from Pic Wire & Cable Supply Inc., N63 W22619 Main Street, Sussex, WI, 53089-0030. 2.1.5.5 TRE-920 TCAS Directional Antenna 2.1.5.5.1 System Requirements The TCAS-94 requires two antennas, one of which must be the TRE-920 directional antenna. The second antenna can be another TRE-920 directional antenna or it can be an omnidirectional antenna like the 237Z-1.

NOTE
The omnidirectional antenna must provide a dc input resistance of less than 1800. An ac coupled antenna cannot be used. 2.1.5.5.2 Cooling Requirements No cooling is required for either type of antenna. 2.1.5.5.3 Mounting Mounting Dimensions: Refer to Figure 2-27 for outline and mounting dimensions. Mounting Locations: If only one directional antenna is used, it is to be mounted on top of the fuselage. The second antenna, either directional or omnidirectional, is to be mounted on the bottom of the fuselage. All antennas should be mounted in a location which will keep the interconnecting coaxial cables as short as practicable, and provide a 24 inch radius ground plane. Antenna Pattern Considerations: Achieving optimum antenna pattern coverage should be a factor in the choice of mounting locations. Antenna locations should be chosen so that both antennas appear to be at about the same range and bearing from the interrogator. Generally, the physical longitudinal separation of the top and bottom antennas should be no more than 25 feet. Antenna Isolation: Observe standard antenna installation practices to assure adequate antenna separation from other antennas, especially antennas associated with other L-band systems (ATC/Mode S transponders and DME) and ADF systems. The recommended minimum separation from L-Band antennas is 30 inches. Antenna Alignment: Refer to Figure 2-28 for special antenna alignment requirements. Mounting Procedures: For information on antenna bonding, refer to the Installation Practices Manual (523-0775254).

2-24

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Install an O-ring, CPN 841-0004-010 (NAS160-153), in the groove on the bottom of the antenna. Position the antenna in place and secure with four mounting screws. Stainless steel socket head cap screws are recommended. Zinc, cadmium plated, or aluminum alloy screws are not recommended. Tighten the screws to near contact with the bearing surface and determine the friction drag torque. Tighten the friction drag torque to 2.88 0.58 kgcm (25 5 inlb). Apply any weather/aerodynamic fillet of sealant to the periphery of the antenna and shape as necessary. The height of the bead should not exceed 2.5 mm (0.1 in). Install the four foam rubber plugs (CPN 676-3291-002) in the antenna mounting holes, pushing them down below the antenna surface. Cover the plugs with a layer of Dow Corning gray RTV-3145 (CPN 005-1531-010 for three 3-oz collapsible tubes, or CPN 005-2531-030 for one 11-oz cartridge) or equivalent sealant, having a dielectric constant of 2.8 or less and a loss tangent of 0.001 or less at 1 GHz. Feather sealant over mounting holes and remove any excess sealant. 2.1.5.5.4 Antenna Cabling Refer to paragraph 1.A.(5) for cable selection options. The TCAS-94 uses signal phase and amplitude data to calculate range and bearing to other aircraft. It is, therefore, vital that antenna and antenna cable installations are carefully and thoroughly accomplished and tested for compliance with performance specifications. The parameters specified in this paragraph should be seen as isolated considerations. An accumulation of worstcase tolerances of a number of factors can adversely affect system performance. Cable Loss: The insertion loss for each cable including connectors must not be more than 4.0 dB at 1030 MHz. Refer to paragraph 1.D.(1). above for strapping requirements. Differential Cable Losses: The differences in signal level at any one input, with respect to the other inputs of the directional antenna, should not vary more than 0.5 dB at the computer unit. This value, which includes connectors, is expected to hold true with cable aging. Differential Phase Delay: The difference in phase delay of the cables (with connectors) between the TCAS computer and a directional antenna should be no more than one wavelength (approximately 8 inches) at 1090 MHz. Signal Propagation Delay: The difference in transmission line delay between the top antenna cables and the bottom antenna cables (or cable if an omnidirectional antenna is used) should be no more than 50 ns. Refer to paragraph 1.D.(1) for cable delay strapping instructions. Antenna Cable VSWR: When terminated with a 50- load, each installed antenna cable must display a vswr not greater than 1.4:1 at 1090 MHz. This includes all antenna cables connecting to the TTR-920/TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter/Receiver. 2.1.5.6 TTC-920G TCAS and Transponder Control 2.1.5.6.1 System Requirements The TCAS-94 requires one TCAS/transponder control. 2.1.5.6.2 Cooling Requirements The control does not require forced-air cooling. It is convection cooled. Ensure that any adjacent equipment does not obstruct airflow around the control. 2.1.5.6.3 Mounting The control is designed to be mounted in the cockpit panel or the console. It should be mounted in a convenient location to provide easy access for the flight crew. Refer to Figure 2-29 for outline and mounting dimensions. 2.1.5.7 TTR-920/TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver 2.1.5.7.1 System Requirements The TCAS-94 system requires one transmitter-receiver. 2.1.5.7.2 Cooling Requirements The TTR-920/TTR-921 does not require forced-air cooling. It is convection cooled. Ensure that any adjacent equipment does not obstruct airflow about or through the transmitter-receiver. 2.1.5.7.3 Mounting The TTR-920 and TTR-921 are designed to be mounted in existing electronics racks meeting ARINC Specification 600 or in a user-supplied mounting tray. Locate the transmitter-receiver in a position that permits access to the front panel TEST switch and fault indicators. Refer to Figure 2-30 through Figure 2-32 for outline and mounting dimensions for mounting trays that can be used with the TTR-920 and TTR-921.

May 19, 2005

2-25

installation

5230775833

2.1.5.8 TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator 2.1.5.8.1 System Requirements The TCAS-94 requires two RA (Resolution Advisory) indicators, one for each cockpit position. 2.1.5.8.2 Cooling Requirements The TVI-920( ) does not require forced-air cooling. It is convection cooled. Ensure that any adjacent equipment does not obstruct airflow around the indicator. 2.1.5.8.3 Mounting The TVI-920( ) is designed to be mounted in the cockpit panel in a 3 ATI-S opening. Use a mooring plate or a Marmon clamp for securing the indicator to the panel. Refer to Figure 2-34 for outline and mounting dimensions. 2.1.5.8.4 Display Dimming The TVI-920( ) features a liquid crystal display. The display brightness is related to the voltage (ac or dc) applied to the Display Dimming input, pins P1-10 (high) and P1-9 (low), as shown in Table 2-26: Table 2-26. Display Dimming APPLIED VOLTAGE 0 to 0.6 0.7 to 1.2 1.7 2.2 2.7 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.4 4.7 5.0 PERCENT OF BRIGHTNESS MIN 60 0 0 2 7 12 20 32 45 60 75 NOM 80 0 1 3 9 16 27 42 60 80 100 MAX 100 1 2 4 11 20 34 53 75 100 125

2.1.6 Equipment Mechanical Check Unpack and carefully inspect the equipment for possible shipping damage. All claims for damage should be filed with the transportation company involved. If claims are to be filed, save the original shipping carton(s) and materials. The TCAS-94 equipment is ready for installation in the aircraft as shipped from the factory. 2.2 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL The paragraphs that follow describe the installation and removal procedures for the units listed below: 237Z-1 and ANT-42 L-Band Antennas CTL-92, CTL-92A, CTL-92E, and CTL-92T Controls RTU-870F and RTU-870T Radio Tuning Units TDR-94 and TDR-94D ATC/Mode S Transponders TRE-920 TCAS Directional Antenna TTC-920G Control TTR-920 and TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receivers.

2.2.1 237Z-1 and ANT-42 L-Band Antennas Use the procedures that follow to install and remove the Transponder Antenna: 2.2.1.1 Installation Install the Transponder Antenna as follows: a. Connect the antenna connector to the mating coaxial connector. 2-26 May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

b.

Position the antenna in its location and secure it in place on the fuselage with three screws inserted through holes near the edges of the antenna.

2.2.1.2 Removal Remove the Transponder Antenna as follows: a. Loosen the three screws securing the antenna to the fuselage. b. Carefully lift the antenna from its position and disconnect the coaxial mating connector. 2.2.2 CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Transponder Controls and CTL-92T TCAS Control Use the procedures that follow to install and remove the Transponder or TCAS Control (CTL). 2.2.2.1 Installation Install the Transponder or TCAS Control (CTL) as follows: a. Pull the mating connector assembly through the panel cutout hole and mate it to the CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E/CTL92T. b. c. d. Use a 3/32-Allen wrench and ensure that all three integral turnlock fastener actuating screws (two at the bottom and one at upper right) are turned fully ccw until the stop nuts are contacted. Insert the CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E/CTL-92T into the panel cutout hole until flush with panel. Tighten the three actuating screws with a 3/32-Allen wrench until the CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92T is held firmly in place.

2.2.2.2 Removal Remove the Transponder or TCAS Control (CTL) as follows: a. Use a 3/32-Allen wrench to loosen the three actuating screws on the front of the unit. b. Pull the CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E/CTL-92T outward from the panel and disconnect the mating connector from the rear connector.

2.2.3 RTU-870F/870T TCAS Radio Tuning Unit Use the procedures that follow to install and remove the Radio Tuning Unit (RTU). 2.2.3.1 Installation Install the Radio Tuning Unit (RTU) as follows: a. Pull the mating connector assembly through the panel cutout hole and mate it to the RTU. b. c. d. Use a 3/32-Allen wrench and ensure that all three integral turnlock fastener actuating screws (two at the bottom and one at upper right) are turned fully ccw until the stop nuts are contacted. Insert the RTU into the panel cutout hole until flush with panel. Tighten the three actuating screws with a 3/32-Allen wrench until the RTU is held firmly in place.

2.2.3.2 Removal Remove the Radio Tuning Unit (RTU) as follows: a. Use a 3/32-Allen wrench to loosen the three actuating screws on the front of the unit. b. Pull the RTU outward from the panel and disconnect the mating connector from the rear connector. 2.2.4 RTU-42XX Radio Tuning Unit Use the procedures that follow to install and remove the Radio Tuning Unit (RTU). 2.2.4.1 Installation Install the Radio Tuning Unit (RTU) as follows: a. Pull the mating connector assembly through the panel cutout hole and mate it to the RTU. b. c. d. Ensure that all turnlock fasteners are turned fully ccw until the stop nuts are contacted. Install the RTU into the panel cutout hole until flush with panel. Tighten the four turnlock fasteners securing the RTU in place.

2.2.4.2 Removal Remove the Radio Tuning Unit (RTU) as follows: a. Loosen the four turnlock fasteners on the front of the unit by turning ccw until the stop nuts are contacted. b. Pull the RTU outward from the panel and disconnect the mating connector from the rear connector. 2.2.5 TDR-94/TDR-94D ATC/Mode S Transponder Use the procedures that follow to install and remove the Transponder (TDR). 2.2.5.1 Installation Install the Transponder (TDR) as follows: a. Position the transponder in its mount in the electronics rack. b. c. Carefully push the transponder toward the mating connector until the connectors mate. Tighten the knurled holddown knobs that secure the transponder to the mount. 2-27

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

d.

Safety-wire the knurled holddown knobs if so equipped.

2.2.5.2 Removal Remove the Transponder (TDR) as follows: a. Remove any securing safety wire and loosen the knurled holddown knobs securing the transponder to the mount. b. Carefully pull the transponder forward until it is disconnected from the mount mating connector. 2.2.6 TRE-920 TCAS Directional Antenna Use the procedures that follow to install and remove the TCAS Antenna (TRE). 2.2.6.1 Installation Install the TCAS Antenna (TRE) as follows:

NOTE
For information on antenna bonding, refer to the Installation Practices Manual (CPN 523-0775254). a. Install O-ring (CPN 841-0004-010 (NAS1601-153)) in the groove on the bottom surface of the TRE-920. Position the antenna in its location and secure it to the fuselage with four screws inserted into the recessed holes near each corner of the antenna. Stainless steel socket head cap screws are recommended. Zinc, cadmium plated, or aluminum alloy screws are not recommended. Tighten the mounting screws to near contact with the bearing surface. Determine the friction drag torque, and finish tightening the mounting screws to the friction drag torque plus 28.8 0.58 kgcm (25 5 inlb). Apply weather/aerodynamic fillet of sealant around the antenna border in contact with the fuselage and shape as necessary. The height of the bead should not exceed 2.5 mm (0.1 in). Push down four foam rubber plugs (CPN 676-3291-002) into the antenna mounting holes. They should seat below the antenna surface. Cover the plugs with a layer of Dow Corning gray RTV-3145 (CPN 005-1531-010 for a 3-oz collapsible tube, CPN 005-1531-030 for an 11-oz cartridge) or equivalent sealant having a dielectric constant of 2.8 or less and a loss tangent of 0.001 or less at 1 GHz. Feather the sealant over the mounting holes and remove excess sealant.

b. c. d. e. f.

2.2.6.2 Removal Remove the TCAS Antenna (TRE) as follows: a. Loosen the four screws securing the antenna to the fuselage. b. Carefully lift the antenna from its position and disconnect the coaxial mating connectors. 2.2.7 TTC-920G TCAS and Transponder Control Use the procedures that follow to install and remove the TCAS/Transponder Control (TTC). 2.2.7.1 Installation Install the TCAS/Transponder Control (TTC) as follows: a. Connect the mating connectors to the rear connectors on the control. Ensure that the mating connector bayonet locking sleeves are securely fastened. b. Position the control in its location in the instrument panel or on the console and secure it in place with four Dzus fasteners located on the outside edges of the control.

2.2.7.2 Removal Remove the TCAS/Transponder Control (TTC) as follows: a. Loosen the four Dzus fasteners securing the control to its instrument panel or console location. b. Carefully pull the control from its position and disconnect the rear mating connectors. 2.2.8 TTR-920/TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver Use the procedures that follow to install and remove the TCAS Transmitter-Receiver (TTR). 2.2.8.1 Installation Install the TCAS Transmitter-Receiver (TTR) as follows: a. Position the transmitter-receiver in its mount in the electronics rack or in one of the mounts shown in Figure 2-31 and Figure 2-32. b. c. d. Carefully push the transmitter-receiver toward the mating connector until the connectors mate. Tighten the knurled holddown knobs that secure the transmitter-receiver to the mount. Safety-wire the knurled holddown knobs if so equipped.

2.2.8.2 Removal Remove the TCAS Transmitter-Receiver (TTR) as follows: 2-28 May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

a. b.

Remove any securing safety wire and loosen the knurled holddown knobs securing the transmitter-receiver to the mount. Carefully pull the transmitter-receiver forward until it is disconnected from the mount mating connector.

2.2.9 TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator Use the procedures that follow to install and remove the VSI/RA/TA Indicator (TVI). 2.2.9.1 Installation Install the VSI/RA/TA Indicator (TVI) as follows: a. If a mooring plate is used for mounting, position that over the indicator first. Then connect the interconnect cable mating connector to the indicator connector. Ensure that the mating connector bayonet locking sleeve is securely fastened. b. c. Position the vertical speed indicator in its location on the instrument panel. Secure the indicator to the instrument panel (or mooring plate) with machine screws at each corner of the indicator or tighten the screws at each corner of the Marmon clamp.

2.2.9.2 Removal Remove the VSI/RA/TA Indicator (TVI) as follows: a. Remove the machine screws securing the indicator to the instrument panel (or mooring plate). b. c. Carefully remove the indicator from the instrument panel. Disconnect the mating connector from the indicator connector.

2.3 INTERCONNECT AND INSTALLATION DATA 2.3.1 TCAS Interconnect The general TCAS-94 system configuration diagram is shown in Figure 2-35. All installations follow this general configuration pattern. Various options offer the installer a wide choice of configurations for new and retrofit installations. Use the system interconnect index in Table 2-27 to help locate specific interconnect data. The TCAS-94 System Interconnect Diagram is shown in Figure 2-35. Each functional area, shown in bold type, is complete only with respect to TCAS interface data for that particular function. That is, for peripheral systems like the Air Data System, Radio Altimeter Systems, EFIS, et al, interconnect data to non-TCAS related equipment is not provided here. In those cases you must refer to other appropriate documentation for the needed data. Most of the Application groupings are also shown in bold type. Subordinate Application groupings are shown in normal type. The General Notes on Sheet 1 of Figure 2-35 apply to the entire interconnect diagram and therefore are not individually referenced on Sheets 2 through 16.

May 19, 2005

2-29

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-1. TCAS-94 System Interconnect, General Configuration Diagram Table 2-27. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Index FUNCTION General Notes Power, primary, and lighting APPLICATION All TCAS equipment Primary Primary power and ground, 28 V dc Optional TDR-94/TDR-94D power switching scheme Alternate equipment using 115 V ac primary power Instrument lighting power and dimming control Control and data bus interconnect CTL-92/CTL-92E to CTL-92T CTL-92T to TDR-94/TDR-94D TDR-94D to TTR-920/TTR-921 Mutual suppression TTR-920/TTR-921 to TVI-920() TTR-920/TTR-921 to TVI-920() and MFD Alternate RA/TA display interconnect RTU-42XX to TDR-94D tuning interconnect TVI-920() vertical speed input TTR-920/TTR-921 to altitude and heading system TTR-920/TTR-921 to audio system SHEET 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 15 4 4 5

2-30

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Table 2-27. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Index - Continued FUNCTION Antenna interconnects APPLICATION TTR-920/TTR-921 to antenna system TDR-94/TDR-94D to antenna system Dual transponder with single set of antenna, relay switching Strapping options and discretes TTR-920/TTR-921 discretes and program strapping options - aircraft performance discretes and strapping options Display system discretes and strapping options TDR-94/TDR-94D program strapping options - aircraft performance discretes and strapping options Control interface strapping options TDR-94/TDR-94D program strapping options (continued) and other program options. Mode S address Special air/ground discrete input connections Control unit strapping options - CTL-92/CTL-92A and CTL-92T options TTC-920G strapping options RTU-870T discretes and strapping options TVI-920() strapping options Optional transponder reversionary switching TDR-94/TDR-94D altitude (for installations not using a TTC-920G) ARINC 429 digital altitude data ARINC 575 digital altitude data CSDB 575 digital altitude data TDR-94/TDR-94D altitude (for installations using a TTC-920G) ARINC 429 digital altitude data ARINC 575 digital altitude data CSDB 575 digital altitude data TDR-94/TDR-94D altitude (applicable only to installations using a CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E and CTL-92T Radio altimeter altitude data input ARINC 572 (Gillham) altitude data Altitude type and input port strapping SHEET 5 6 6 7

7 7 8 8 8 8 9 All Connections are shown on sheet 12 All Connections are shown on sheet 13 9 10 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 12

ALT-55 Altimeter System (with ALT-55B R/T) Alternate ARINC 552/552A Radio Altimeter System Alternate ARINC 429 Radio Altimeter System Alternate ALT-55 Radio Altimeter System with RAC-870 Radio Altimeter Converter

12 12 12 13

May 19, 2005

2-31

installation

5230775833

Table 2-27. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Index - Continued FUNCTION Alternate controls interconnects Auxillary systems and other special interface options TTR-920/TTR-921 Data Loader, input/output connections TTR-920/TTR-921 to CFDS interconnect TDR-94/TDR-94D to ADLP interconnect Spare, reserved, or otherwise unused pins APPLICATION TTR-920G to TDR-94D interconnect RTU-870T to TDR-94D interconnect SHEET 13 13 14 14 14 14 14

2.3.2 Pin Function Diagrams Figure 2-2 through Figure 2-14 contain diagrams that show mating connectors and respective pin orientation for each unit used in the TCAS-94 system. The pin listing shows each connector pin and the associated signal title. 2.3.3 Mating Connectors and Tools Needed for Assembly Table 2-28 lists mating connectors and connector kits for the various system units. Table 2-29 lists the parts provided in each of the connector kits. Table lists the various tools needed for cable assembly and connector installation. Table 2-31 lists vendor names and addresses. Table 2-28. Mating Connector and Vendor Listing ITEM COLLINS PART NO Not available Not available Not available 357-9870-000 357-9039-000 357-9559-000 548-3258-002 857-1502-020 857-1502-010 VC-8 VC-8 CTS122 CTS122 HK HK VC-2a or VC-11 VENDOR CODE (Note 1) VC-8 VENDORPART NO CHR-122 (Note 4) 82-534 or H1100A Solder Solder TOOL REF Solder

UNIT 237Z-1

CONN J1

ITEM DESCRIPTION RF connector, 90, HN for ECS cable 311201 RF connector. straight, HN for ECS cable 311201 RF connector, straight, HN for RG-142 RF connector, 90, HN for RG-142 RF connector, straight, HN for RG-393 RF connector, 90, HN for RG-393 RF grounding gasket

ANT-42

J1

RF connector, 90, TNC for ECS cable 311201 RF connector, straight, TNC for ECS cable 311201

2-32

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Table 2-28. Mating Connector and Vendor Listing - Continued ITEM COLLINS PART NO 357-9666-000 357-9664-000 018-1394-110 359-0301-580 359-0305-590 MS3126F20-41SY MS3126E20-SY VENDOR CODE (Note 1) VENDORPART NO TOOL REF

UNIT

CONN

ITEM DESCRIPTION RF connector, straight, TNC for RG-142 RF connector, 90, TNC for RG-412 RF grounding gasket

CTL-92, CTL92A, CTL92E

J1

With strain relief Without strain relief

Socket, #20 AWG, qty 41 supplied with connector CTL92T TDR-94 TDR94D P1 Connector Contacts J1 & J2 Connector kit (for TDR-94D and includes contacts) (See Note 1) Connector kit (for TDR-94 and includes contacts) (See Note 1) Connector kit (for TDR-94D and does not includes contacts) (See Note 1) Connector kit (for TDR-94 and does not includes contacts) (See Note 1) RF connector, TNC for RG-393/U RF connector, straight, TNC for RG-393/U RF connector, 90, TNC for RG-393/U RF connector, TNC for RG-142 RF connector, straight, low loss for ECS cable RF connector, 90, low loss for ECS cable

359-0032-020 359-0601-020 359-0608-020 628-8660-001 628-8660-002 628-8661-001 628-8661-001

VC-1 VC-2a

MS3193A20-20A MS3193A20-20A JT06RE-202SA(386) MS39029/57-356

FM

FN

357-7351-010 857-1511-010 857-1511-020 357-9664-000 857-1502-010 857-1502-020

VC-11 VC-7 VC-7 VC-9 VC-8 VC-8

301-T2100N 24P153-2 24P153-3 M39012/30-0101 CTS-122 CTR-122 HK HK

NOTE
Refer to Table TBD for a listing of the contents of each of the kits listed above. TRE920 P1, P2,P3, and P4 RF connector, TNC for RG-142 (qty 4) 357-9664-000 M39012/30/0101 Solder

May 19, 2005

2-33

installation

5230775833

Table 2-28. Mating Connector and Vendor Listing - Continued ITEM COLLINS PART NO 857-1502-010 857-1502-020 841-0004-010 359-4068-030 359-4098-040 359-0009-000 359-4095-700 359-4098-040 359-0009-000 370-0501-050 VC-2 VC-2 VC-2a VC-3 VC-2 VC-2 VC-1 VENDOR CODE (Note 1) VC-8 VC-8 VC-6 VENDORPART NO CTS122 CTR122 NAS1601-153 MS24266R16B24S7 MS27291-4 MS24255-20S MS24266R16B24S8 MS24266R16B24S8 MS27291-4 MS24255-20S BKAD3-67404-56 EU EU TOOL REF HK HK

UNIT

CONN

ITEM DESCRIPTION RF connector, straight, low loss for ECS cable (qty 4) RF connector, 90, low loss for ECS cable (qty 4) O-ring (qty 1)

TTC920G

P1

Connector (qty 1) Strain relief (qty 1) Contact (qty 24)

P2

Connector (qty 1) Strain relief (qty 1) Contact (qty 24)

TTR920, TTR921

P1

Connector (qty 1)

Pin, #22 AWG (qty 250) LMP and LTP (See Note 3) Coax contact, no.1, for ECS cable 311201 (qty 5 or 8)

370-0066-060 370-0066-220

VC-1 VC-8

030-2259-000 349-1046-00

AM Solder

Coax contact, no.1, for RG-142/U cable (qty 5 or 8) LBP-12 and LBP-13 LBP-3, LBP10, and LBP-11 Coax contact, no.5, for RG-178/U cable (qty 2) Socket, #12 AWG (qty 3)

NA 370-0055-100

VC-1 VC-1

349-1047-000 249-2080-000

Solder AP

370-0066-090

VC-1

031-1308-000

AY

Socket, #16 AWG (qty 3) Socket, #20 AWG (qty 3) TVI920 and TVI920D P1 Connector (qty 1)

370-0066-080 370-0066-070 859-1002-010

VC-1 VC-1 VC-2

031-1303-000 031-1302-000 MS24266R20B41SN

AX AW

Strain relief (qty 1) Socket (qty 41) 2-34

359-4098-080 359-0009-000

VC-3 VC-2

MS27291-14 M39029/32-260 EU May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Table 2-28. Mating Connector and Vendor Listing - Continued ITEM COLLINS PART NO 332-2031-040 200-2333-040 220-2333-040 332-2031-080 332-1922-040 VC-5 VC-6 VC-6 VC-5 Table 2-29. Connector Kit Contents DESCRIPTION Connector, Thinline Connector plate assy for TDR-94 (See Note 1) Connector plate assy for TDR-94 (See Note 1) Contact (0.080 in dia wire) Contact (0.050 in dia wire) Keyway retainer Keyway Fastener insert Hexdrive cap screw Machine screw, 0.138-23 x 0.31 Spring, ground (See Note 2) COLLINS PART NO 634-1112-001 628-8657-002 QTY IN CONNECTOR KITS 628-8660-001 2 628-8660-002 2 1 628-8661-001 2 628-8661-002 2 1 TOOL REF (NOTE 2) VENDOR CODE (Note 1) VC-5 VENDORPART NO AN919-3D MS28778-5 AN919-XD AN919-7D MS51527-B5 MS51527-B5S AN815-5D TOOL REF

UNIT

CONN J1

ITEM DESCRIPTION Pitot static tune connector, FT6, (5/4) reducer, 0 O-ring, size 5 FT6, (5/6) reducer, 0 FT6, size 5, 90 (with O-ring) FT6, size 5, union

628-8657-001

372-2514-180 372-2514-110 634-1117-001 634-1116-001 334-2117-010 324-2604-000 343-0168-000 634-1120-001

75 25 5 4 4 4 4 2

75 25 5 4 4 4 4 2 5 4 4 4 4 2 5 4 4 4 4 2

CI CG

NOTE
1. Plate assemblies include pre-assembled MOV, antenna cable interface connectors, and necessary mounting hardware. 2. Effective kit Rev A. 3. TOOL REF codes refer to CONNECTOR TOOLS LISTING in Table 2-30.

May 19, 2005

2-35

installation

5230775833

Table 2-30. Connector Tool Listing TOOL REF AM ITEM/DESCRIPTION Crimper Locator Insertion/extraction tool AP AW Crimper (outer) Insertion/extraction tool Crimper Locator Insertion/extraction tool AX Crimper Locator Insertion/extraction tool AY Crimper Locator Insertion/extraction tool CG Crimper Alternate Crimper Insertion tool Alternate insertion tool Extraction tool CI Crimper Alternate Crimper Insertion tool Alternate insertion tool Extraction tool EU Crimper Locator Insertion tool Extraction tool FM Crimper COLLINS PART NO 359-8102-010 359-8102-130 371-8445-020 359-8018-100 370-8046-010 359-8102-010 359-8102-080 371-8445-040 359-8101-010 359-8101-020 371-8445-080 359-8101-010 359-8101-120 371-8445-100 359-0697-010 623-8579-000 359-0697-050 623-8029-010 359-0697-020 359-0697-010 623-8580-000 359-0697-050 623-8029-010 359-0697-020 359-8101-010 359-8101-020 VC-13 359-4078-010 359-4078-020 359-8102-010 VC-1 VC-13 VC-13 VC-13 VC-16 VC-13 DAK188 MS3323-22 DRK230 M22520/1-01 M22520/1-02 TH1A MS24256A20 MS24256R20 MSD22520/201 AFM8 MSD22520/201 AFM8 K1S May 19, 2005 VC-13 VC-13 VC-13 DAK188 MS3323-22 DRK230 GMT-221 VC-1 VC-13 VENDOR CODE VC-1 VC-13 VC-13 VC-1 VC-15 VC-13 VC-1 VC-13 VC-1 VC-13 VC-1 VC-13 VC-16 VC-13 VC-13 VC-1 VC-16 PART NO M22520/2-01 M22520/2-01 K276-1 CIET-22 WT-410 CET-C8 M22520/2-01 M22520/2-01 M22520/2-08 K13-1 CIET-20HDL M22520/1-01 M22520/1-01 M22520/1-02 TH1A CET16-9 M22520/1-01 M22520/1-11 CET-12-4 GMT-221

2-36

installation

5230775833

Table 2-30. Connector Tool Listing - Continued TOOL REF ITEM/DESCRIPTION Locator Insertion tool Extraction tool FN Crimper COLLINS PART NO 359-8102-020 359-4078-010 359-4078-020 359-8102-010 VC-1 VC-13 VC-13 VC-13 VC-13 VC-13 VC-16 VENDOR CODE VC-13 PART NO M22520/202 MS2426A20 MS2426R20 MSD22520/201 AFM8 MSD22520/201 AFM8 K1S M22520/2-06 K-41 M81969/14-02 DAK/RFK 95-22 M22520/1-01 M22520/1-13

Locator Insertion and extraction tool HK Crimper Locator

359-8102-060 359-8032-030 359-8101-010 359-8101-090 Table 2-31. Vendor Names and Addresses

VENDOR CODE VC-1

NAME ITT Cannon Electronics

ADDRESS 2801 Airlane Phoenix, AZ 85034 602-275-4792 PO Box 232 Columbia, SC 29202 803-788-0290 1501 Morse Ave. Elk Grove Village, IL 60007 708-981-6000 1334 N Kostner Chicago, IL 60651 312-342-6300 6332 South Central Ave. Chicago, IL 60638

VC-2a (See Note 1) VC-2b (See Note 1) VC-2c (See Note 1) VC-3 VC-4a (See Note 2) VC-4b (See Note 2) VC-5 VC-6

Amphenol Corp.

Cinch Connectors

Pyle National/Brintec Corp

Electronic Connector Corp See VC-2a See VC-2c Faber Enterprises, Inc Aircraft Div. Parker-Hannifin

Santa Monica, CA 17325 Euclid Ave. Cleveland, OH 44112 216-531-3000 2100 Earlywood Dr. Franklin, IN 46131

VC-7

High Voltage Engineering Corporation

May 19, 2005

2-37

installation

5230775833

Table 2-31. Vendor Names and Addresses - Continued VENDOR CODE VC-8 NAME Electronic Cable Specialists ADDRESS PO Box 20856 Milwaukee, WI 53220-0856 414-529-5500 40 Mabledale Tuckahoe, NY 10707 914-793-5000 129 Dermody St. Cranford, NJ 07016 201-272-5500 400 Moreland Rd. Commack, NY 11725 516-543-5000 40-60 Delaware Sidney, NY 13838 607-563-5011 6103 Anno Ave Orlando, FL 32809 407-855-6161 200-C Corporate S. Plainfield, NJ 07080 201-756-3400 8155 T and B Boulevard Memphis, TN 38125 901-252-8000 1051 Blake St. Edwarsville, KS 66113 913-441-1801

VC-9

Kings Electronics Co.

VC-10

Tecknit, Inc.

VC-11

Automatic Connector, Inc.

VC-12

Bendix Connector Operations

VC-13

Daniels Manufacturing Corp.

VC-14

Metex Corp.

VC-15

Thomas & Betts

VC-16

Tennant Electronics

NOTE
1. Reference to VC-2 also applies to VC-2a, VC-2b, and VC-2c. 2. Reference to VC-4 also applies to VC-4a and VC-4b. 2.3.4 Outline and Mounting Diagrams The Outline and Mounting Diagrams, Figure 2-15 through Figure 2-34, describe each unit in the TCAS-94 system in terms of its physical dimensions and shape. 2.3.5 Interface (Input/Output) Diagrams Figure through Figure contain a series of Input/Output Diagrams. These diagrams show the input and output circuits for all signal sources and loads that interface with the TCAS-94 system.

2-38

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-2. ALI-850B Altitude Indicator, Rear Connector Pin Functions

May 19, 2005

2-39

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-3. CTL-92/CTL-92A Transponder Control, Rear Connector Pin Functions

2-40

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-4. CTL-92E Transponder Control, Rear Connector Pin Functions

May 19, 2005

2-41

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-5. CTL-92T TCAS Control, Rear Connector Pin Functions

2-42

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-6. RTU-870T Radio Tuning Unit, Rear Connector Pin Functions

May 19, 2005

2-43

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-7. RTU-42XX Radio Tuning Unit, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 1 of 2)

2-44

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-7. RTU-42XX Radio Tuning Unit, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 2 of 2)

May 19, 2005

2-45

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-8. TDR-94/TDR-94D (-003) ATC/Mode S Transponder, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 1 of 3)

2-46

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-8. TDR-94/TDR-94D (-003) ATC/Mode S Transponder, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 2 of 3)

May 19, 2005

2-47

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-8. TDR-94/TDR-94D (-003) ATC/Mode S Transponder, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 3 of 3)

2-48

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-9. TDR-94/TDR-94D (-004/-005/-006/-007 Status) ATC/Mode S Transponder, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 1 of 3)

May 19, 2005

2-49

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-9. TDR-94/TDR-94D (-004/-005/-006/-007 Status) ATC/Mode S Transponder, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 2 of 3)

2-50

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-9. TDR-94/TDR-94D (-004/-005/-006/-007 Status) ATC/Mode S Transponder, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 3 of 3)

May 19, 2005

2-51

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-10. TDR-94/TDR-94D (-008 and -108 Status) ATC/Mode S Transponder, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 1 of 3)

2-52

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-10. TDR-94/TDR-94D (-008 and -108 Status) ATC/Mode S Transponder, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 2 of 3)

May 19, 2005

2-53

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-10. TDR-94/TDR-94D (-008 and -108 Status) ATC/Mode S Transponder, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 3 of 3)

2-54

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-11. TTC-920G TCAS and Transponder Control, Rear Connector Pin Functions

May 19, 2005

2-55

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-12. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 1 of 4)

2-56

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-12. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 2 of 4)

May 19, 2005

2-57

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-12. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 3 of 4)

2-58

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-12. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 4 of 4)

May 19, 2005

2-59

installation

5230775833

TPG9006_01

Figure 2-13. TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 1 of 3)

2-60

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

TPG9006_02

Figure 2-13. TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 2 of 3)

May 19, 2005

2-61

installation

5230775833

TPG9006_03

Figure 2-13. TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Rear Connector Pin Functions (Sheet 3 of 3)

2-62

May 19, 2005

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-14. TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Rear Connector Pin Functions

May 19, 2005

2-63/(2-64 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-15. 237Z-1 Omnidirectional, L-Band Antenna, Outline and Mounting Dimensions

May 19, 2005

2-65/(2-66 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-16. ALI-850B Altitude Indicator, Outline and Mounting Dimensions

May 19, 2005

2-67/(2-68 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-17. ANT-42 L-Band Antenna, Outline and Mounting Dimensions

May 19, 2005

2-69/(2-70 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-18. CTL-92/CTL-92A Transponder Control, Outline and Mounting Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 2)

May 19, 2005

2-71/(2-72 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-18. CTL-92/CTL-92A Transponder Control, Outline and Mounting Dimensions (Sheet 2 of 2)

May 19, 2005

2-73/(2-74 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-19. CTL-92E Transponder, Outline and Mounting Dimensions

May 19, 2005

2-75/(2-76 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-20. CTL-92T TCAS Control, Outline and Mounting Dimensions

May 19, 2005

2-77/(2-78 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-21. RTU-870F/RTU-870T Radio Tuning Unit, Outline and Mounting Dimensions

May 19, 2005

2-79/(2-80 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-22. RTU-42XX Radio Tuning Unit, Outline and Mounting Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 2)

May 19, 2005

2-81/(2-82 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-22. RTU-42XX Radio Tuning Unit, Outline and Mounting Dimensions (Sheet 2 of 2)

May 19, 2005

2-83/(2-84 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-23. TDR-94/TDR-94D ATC/Mode S Transponder, Outline and Mounting Dimensions

May 19, 2005

2-85/(2-86 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-24. TDR-94/TDR-94D ATC/Mode S Transponder, Mounted on MMT-150 Mounting Tray with Cover, Outline and Mounting Dimensions

May 19, 2005

2-87/(2-88 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-25. TDR-94/TDR-94D ATC/Mode S Transponder, Piggyback Mounted on MMT-150 Mounting Tray without Cover, Outline and Mounting Dimensions

May 19, 2005

2-89/(2-90 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-26. TDR-94/TDR-94D ATC/Mode S Transponder, Piggyback Mounted on MMT-150 Mounting Tray with Cover, Outline and Mounting Dimensions

May 19, 2005

2-91/(2-92 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-27. TRE-920 TCAS Directional Antenna, Outline and Mounting Dimensions

May 19, 2005

2-93/(2-94 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-28. TRE-920 TCAS Directional Antenna, Mounting Alignment Diagram

May 19, 2005

2-95/(2-96 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-29. TTC-920G TCAS and Transponder Control, Outline and Mounting Dimensions

May 19, 2005

2-97/(2-98 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-30. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Outline and Mounting Dimensions

May 19, 2005

2-99/(2-100 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-31. Mounting Tray for TTR-920, Short/Long with Fan and Plenum, Outline and Mounting Dimensions

May 19, 2005

2-101/(2-102 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-32. Mounting Tray for TTR-920, Short with Convection Cooling, Outline and Mounting Dimensions

May 19, 2005

2-103/(2-104 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-33. TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Outline and Mounting Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 3)

May 19, 2005

2-105/(2-106 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-33. TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Outline and Mounting Dimensions (Sheet 2 of 3)

May 19, 2005

2-107/(2-108 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-33. TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Outline and Mounting Dimensions (Sheet 3 of 3)

May 19, 2005

2-109/(2-110 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-34. TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Outline and Mounting Dimensions

May 19, 2005

2-111/(2-112 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-35. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16)

May 19, 2005

2-113/(2-114 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-35. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 2 of 16)

May 19, 2005

2-115/(2-116 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-35. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16)

May 19, 2005

2-117/(2-118 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-35. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16)

May 19, 2005

2-119/(2-120 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-35. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16)

May 19, 2005

2-121/(2-122 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-35. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16)

May 19, 2005

2-123/(2-124 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-35. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 7 of 16)

May 19, 2005

2-125/(2-126 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-35. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 8 of 16)

May 19, 2005

2-127/(2-128 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-35. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 9 of 16)

May 19, 2005

2-129/(2-130 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-35. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 10 of 16)

May 19, 2005

2-131/(2-132 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-35. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 11 of 16)

May 19, 2005

2-133/(2-134 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-35. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 12 of 16)

May 19, 2005

2-135/(2-136 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-35. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 13 of 16)

May 19, 2005

2-137/(2-138 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-35. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 14 of 16)

May 19, 2005

2-139/(2-140 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-35. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 15 of 16)

May 19, 2005

2-141/(2-142 Blank)

installation

5230775833

Figure 2-35. TCAS-94 System Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 16 of 16)

May 19, 2005

2-143/(2-144 Blank)

5230775833

CHAPTER 3 OPERATION
3.1 GENERAL 3.1.1 Equipment Controls and Indicators

THE TCAS-94 SYSTEM HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO EXHIBIT A VERY HIGH DEGREE OF FUNCTIONAL INTEGRITY. NEVERTHELESS, THE USER MUST RECOGNIZE THAT IT IS NOT PRACTICAL TO PROVIDE MONITORING FOR ALL CONCEIVABLE FAILURES. HOWEVER UNLIKELY, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT ERRONEOUS OPERATION COULD OCCUR WITHOUT A FAULT INDICATION. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PILOT TO DETECT SUCH AN OCCURRENCE BY MEANS OF CROSS-CHECKS WITH REDUNDANT OR CORRELATED INFORMATION.

NOTE
This chapter only covers the TCAS related operation of the units described in the paragraphs that follows. Many of these units also operate with the Elementary Surveillance (Flight ID) and Enhanced Surveillance systems. Descriptions of this operation may be found in Rockwell Collins, Inc. manuals specific to that unit. 3.1.1.1 ALI-850B Altitude Indicator The ALI-850B can be used to display TCAS Resolution Advisory vertical commands. Traffic information is not displayed. Figure 3-1 shows the various display features of the ALI-850B Altitude Indicator. Table 3-1 describes each of the features. It is possible that various models may not contain all features shown. If you are uncertain, you should consult the latest literature for the particular model you have.

May 19, 2005

3-1

operation

5230775833

Figure 3-1. ALI-850B Altitude Indicator, Controls and Indicators

3-2

May 19, 2005

operation

5230775833

Table 3-1. ALI-850B Altitude Indicator, Controls and Indicators. CONTROL OR DISPLAY Altitude display FUNCTION/DESCRIPTION This green numeric display indicates baro-corrected altitude. This display simulates a conventional mechanical altimeter. The units and tens digits are always displayed as zero; the pointer is used to determine these values. This white outer scale functions with the altitude pointer to indicate baro-corrected altitude. Scale markings are at 20-foot increments. This green pointer rotates around the altitude scale to indicate a portion of the baro-corrected altitude. Each revolution of the pointer equals 1000 feet of altitude. This cyan numeric display indicates the barometric pressure correction in either inches of mercury or in millibars (selected by an external switch). This display flashes during an FL180 alert (18 000 feet). Turn the BARO knob to adjust the amount of barometric pressure correction. Clockwise rotation increases the baro pressure setting. Push the center PUSH STD switch to select standard barometric pressure correction (29.92 inches of mercury or 1013 millibars). This cyan numeric display indicates the preselected altitude. This display flashes when approaching the preselect altitude (1000 feet), and then becomes steady again at capture (200 feet). This display becomes yellow and flashes if the aircraft deviates 200 feet (and again at 1000 feet) from the captured altitude. This display momentarily becomes magenta if the left and right side preselect values do not agree, and a preselect altitude is changed. Turn the ALT SEL knob to change the preselected altitude. Range is from 0 to 55 000 feet in 100 ft increments. Clockwise rotation increases the preselect altitude. Push the center PUSH CANCEL switch to cancel altitude alerts (flashing displays). If no alerts exist, this switch momentarily tests the preselect aural warning system. This white inner scale functions with the VS arc to indicate vertical speed. Scale markings are nonlinear to improve readability at lower speeds. An extended scale is displayed when either VS or the VS bug position exceeds 600 feet per minute (fpm), and is removed when VS and VS bug position are both less than 300 fpm. Extended full-scale range is 6000 fpm. This white line indicates the zero vertical speed mark. Vertical speed indications originate from this line. This green arc travels along the VS scale to indicate aircraft vertical speed. The arc moves clockwise from the VS zero line into the upper portion of the scale for climbs. The arc moves counterclockwise from the VS zero line into the lower portion of the scale for descents. This cyan bug may be selected for display as a VS reference marker. This cyan numeric display indicates the position of the VS bug. This display shows the numeric equivalent in thousands ft/min of the VS reference marker setting. Turn this knob to bring the VS bug and reference display into view, and change the reference.

Altitude scale Altitude pointer Barometric display

Barometric correction knob Standard barometric correction switch Altitude preselect display

Altitude preselect knob Alert cancel switch Vertical speed scale

Vertical speed zero Vertical speed arc

Vertical speed reference bug Vertical speed reference display Vertical speed reference knob (ALI-850A/B only) Vertical speed reference on/off switch TEST annunciator

Push the center PUSH OFF switch to alternately select and deselect the VS bug and VS reference displays. These displays are not removable when the reference is controlled by the FCS system. The yellow TEST annunciation is displayed while the ADC computer is in test mode.

May 19, 2005

3-3

operation

5230775833

Table 3-1. ALI-850B Altitude Indicator, Controls and Indicators. - Continued CONTROL OR DISPLAY FD annunciator ADC annunciator FUNCTION/DESCRIPTION The cyan FD annunciation is displayed when the VS reference is controlled by the FCS system. This annunciation flashes initially and then becomes steady. The red ADC annunciation is displayed if the ADC computer fails. This annunciation flashes for 10 seconds, then becomes steady.

3-4

May 19, 2005

operation

5230775833

3.1.1.2 CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Transponder Control Figure 3-2 and Table 3-2 list the controls and indicators on the CTL-92/92A/92E Transponder Control.

Figure 3-2. CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Transponder Control, Controls and Indicators May 19, 2005 3-5

operation

5230775833

Table 3-2. CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Transponder Control, Controls and Indicators. CONTROL OR INDICATOR FUNCTION/DESCRIPTION

NOTE
Unless otherwise specified the descriptions below apply to the CTL-92, CTL92A, and the CTL-92E. Upper display window Lower display window (-0XX units) Lower display window (-2XX/-3XX units) Compare annunciator Annunciators The ATC code (the reply code currently selected for the active transponder) is displayed. (See also self-test display below.) The lower display window is used only during self-test. (See self-test display below.) The lower display window is normally blank. If a transponder fault is detected, "diAG" is displayed here. Self-test is used to display the fault code. (See self-test display below.) ACT momentarily illuminates when codes are being changed. If ACT flashes, the actual reply code is not identical to the code shown in the active code display. The ATC control contains an RMT (remote) annunciator and a TX (transmit) annunciator. The RMT annunciator may or may not illuminate depending on the installation. If strapped for illumination, it will illuminate when an external switch (LOCAL/REMOTE or similar) is in the REMOTE position. This indicates that the transponder is being tuned by another control unit (Gray code format, for example). The code displayed in the upper window is the current active code being sent by the remote source to the CTL-92/92A. The RMT annunciator will not illuminate when the transponder is being tuned by an FMS or similar flight management system. An FMS simply "tunes" the CTL-92/92A just like the CODE select knobs do, and the control then tunes the transponder. All controls on the CTL-92/92A remain operational when an FMS is being used to "tune" the transponder. The TX annunciator illuminates when the TDR-94/94D replies to an interrogation. The ATC control power (optional) and mode switch may contain three or four detented positions (depending on the control). The available positions are STBY/ON/ALT and OFF/STBY/ON/ALT. Controls without the OFF position will normally have their power controlled by an avionics master switch. Controls with the OFF position will switch system power OFF when OFF is selected. Power is applied when any other switch position is selected. At the same time, +28 VDC voltage is output via J1-25 to control a remote power switching relay for the TTR-920/921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver. In the STBY mode, power is applied to the transponder but it is prevented from transmitting replies. STBY should be used only during ground movement or when requested by ATC. The ALT position is the normal operating position and allows the transponder to reply to the ground interrogations; it also transmits uncorrected barometric altitude when the transponder is interrogated in Mode C. This position should be used only if the aircraft is equipped with an encoding altimeter or a central air data system. The ON position deletes the altitude code and is normally used when requested by ATC. 1/2 switch (dual versions only) (not -3XX) Mode S / Mode A/C (-3XX units) Light sensor The 1/2 (1 or 2) switch defines which of two transponders can reply. Number one or number two. The MODE S/MODE AC switch defines which of two transponders can reply. Mode S or Mode A/C. The built-in light sensor automatically controls the display brightness.

Power and mode switch

3-6

May 19, 2005

operation

5230775833

Table 3-2. CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Transponder Control, Controls and Indicators. - Continued CONTROL OR INDICATOR Code-select nobs FUNCTION/DESCRIPTION Two concentric knobs control the active code display. The larger knob changes the two significant digits, and the smaller knob changes the two less significant digits. The less significant digit is incremented or decremented for each detent of the smaller knob if the knob is turned slowly. Rapid rotation of either knob will cause changes proportional to the rate of rotation. Rollover of the less significant digits will occur at 0 and 7, and will cause the more significant digits to be incremented or decremented. The left two digits and the right two digits are independent of each other. The various codes used for normal operation are listed in the Airmans Information Manual. Codes 7600 or 7700 are selected for in-flight emergency operation and will be annunciated by the codes flashing in the active code display for a few seconds before transmission begins (codes 7600 and 7700 will not flash if the transponder is being remotely tuned by an FMS). Push and hold the PRE button while turning the code-select knobs to select a preset code for storage. The preset code will be stored in nonvolatile memory and can be recalled by momentarily pushing the PRE button again. The IDENT button causes the transponder to transmit a special identification pattern that is displayed on the ground controllers radar scope. This button should be pushed only when requested to "squawk ident" by the ground controller. (Some installations use a remote switch for IDENT selection.) Push the TEST button to start the transponder self-test routine. In dual version units, the 1/2 switch determines which transponder responds to the test command. The CTL-92/92A self-test display is described here as a 1-, 2-, or 3-step process. Step 1 always occurs and 2 and 3 may occur as follows:

PRE button

IDENT button

TEST button Self-test display

NOTE
The Functions/Descriptions that follow apply to -0XX units only. Upper window The active code display modulates in intensity. If altitude data is available, "AL" is displayed. If no altitude data is available and no transponder fault is present, the display returns to the pre-self-test display. If a transponder fault is present, "diAG" is displayed. If no transponder fault is present, the display returns to the pre-self-test display. Lower window The lower window is blank while the upper display is modulating. If altitude data is available, the altitude is displayed in thousands of feet (in 100-ft increments). If no altitude data is available and no transponder fault is present, the display returns to the pre-self-test display. If a transponder fault is present, a 2-digit diagnostic code is displayed. If no transponder fault is present, the display returns to the pre-self-test display.

NOTE
The Functions/Descriptions that follow apply to -2XX and -3XX units only. Upper window The active code display modulates in intensity.

May 19, 2005

3-7

operation

5230775833

Table 3-2. CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Transponder Control, Controls and Indicators. - Continued CONTROL OR INDICATOR "AL" is displayed. If a transponder fault is present, "diAG" is displayed. If no transponder fault is present, the display returns to the pre-self-test display. Lower window The lower window is blank while the upper window modulates. The altitude is displayed in thousands of feet (in 100-ft increments) as supplied to the TDR-94/ 94D transponder via CSDB. If a transponder fault is present, a 2-digit diagnostic code is displayed. If no transponder fault is present, the display returns to the pre-self-test display. FUNCTION/DESCRIPTION

3-8

May 19, 2005

operation

5230775833

3.1.1.3 CTL-92T TCAS Control Table 3-3 lists the controls and indicators on the CTL-92T TCAS Control. Table 3-3 contains descriptions for this unit.

Figure 3-3. CTL-92T TCAS Control, Controls and Indicators May 19, 2005 3-9

operation

5230775833

Table 3-3. CTL-92T TCAS Control, Controls and Indicators. CONTROL OR INDICATOR Display switches M (mode) push button FUNCTION Only on units CPN 622-9614-X05 through -X08 and -X13 through -X16 Steps the TCAS display through the operating modes: Full time traffic display with VSI, VSI display with automatic traffic display (pop-up) when needed. A/B push button Steps the TCAS through the available traffic display selections: In the A (above) position, the TCAS traffic display extends from 2700 feet below to 9900 feet above the aircraft (see Figure 3-4). In the N (normal) position, the TCAS traffic display extends from 2700 feet below to 2700 feet above the aircraft (see Figure 3-4). In the B (below) position, the TCAS traffic display extends from 9900 feet below to 2700 feet above the aircraft (see Figure 3-4). R (range) push button TCAS selector switch TEST push button Steps the TCAS display through the available nmi-range selections. Enables TCAS to be set to standby (STBY), automatic (AUTO), or traffic advisory only (TA ONLY) mode of operation. For TCAS self-test

Figure 3-4. TCAS Traffic Display Ranges

3-10

May 19, 2005

operation

5230775833

3.1.1.4 RTU-870T Radio Tuning Unit Figure 3-5 and Table 3-4 list the controls and indicators on the RTU-870T TCAS/Transponder Remote Tuning Unit. Only those controls and indicators related to transponder or TCAS are listed. For similar descriptions of other equipment controlled by the RTU-870T, refer to the manual related to that equipment.

May 19, 2005

3-11

operation

5230775833

Figure 3-5. RTU-870T Radio Tuning Unit, Controls and Indicators (Communication and Navigation Control)

3-12

May 19, 2005

operation

5230775833

Table 3-4. RTU-870T Radio Tuning Unit, Controls and Indicators. CONTROL OR DISPLAY FUNCTION/DESCRIPTION

NOTE
The main menu page of each RTU indicates the units that can be presently controlled by that RTU. Brightness control Line keys Turn the BRT knob to adjust display brightness. Push 1 of the 5 line keys to select a UHF COM, VHF COM, PRE (COM), NAV (VOR or ILS), ADF, TCN, ATC, or MLS tune/control head function. These line keys select a radio for retuning and access the mode control pages. Push a line key next to a line not marked by the selector star to display the star on that line. Turn the tuning knobs to change that frequency, channel, or code display. The knobs directly retune the radio when the star is at the UHF, VHF, VOR, ILS, ADF, TCN, ATC, or MLS line. Push the line key again (while that line is marked by the selector star) to display the (UHF COM, VHF COM, NAV, ADF, TCN, ATC, or MLS) mode page for that radio. These mode pages are used to select a variety of control head functions. The PRE function is described later in this table. Selector star The selector star marks the radio that can be retuned by the tuning knobs, and the mode page that can be displayed using a line key. The selector star normally displays on the PRE line, and automatically returns to this line after approximately 15 seconds of inactivity. Push the ATC line key to move the selector star to the ATC display line. The ATC code displayed on this line is the active transponder reply code. Turn the tuning knobs to change the displayed code; the transponder immediately responds to the new code. Push the ATC key again (while star is displayed) to view the ATC mode page. Use this page to control the transponder and TCAS; refer to sheet 9. The digit to the right of the ATC legend (2) shows that the transponder tuned to the displayed frequency is a number 2 (right side) unit. In dual transponder installations, an external switch is required to select between ATC 1 and ATC 2. The 1/2 switch on the RTU-870T does not control the selection of transponders. Tuning knobs Turn these two concentric knobs to change the frequency, channel, or code shown on the starred display line. The outer knob changes the most significant (left) digits, and the inner knob changes the least significant (right) digits of the display. Push the COM SQ button to momentarily disable the UHF COM or the VHF COM receiver squelch circuits. When the button is released, squelch returns to normal. The ADF TEST button is active only on the RTU that is controlling the ADF receiver. Push the ADF TEST button to initiate the ADF radio self-test routine. Note that "TEST" displays (instead of "ADF") on the ADF display line while the button is pushed. Normally each RTU controls only the onside radios. Push and hold the 1/2 button to display cross-side tuning; these values can be changed only by the other RTU. The RTU becomes enabled to control both the left and right bank of radios when the cross-side RTU is in reversion mode (pedestal RTU switch set to DSBL). Then push the 1/2 button to alternately select the left (1) or right (2) bank of radios to be controlled by the RTU. Note that most of the display lines show a left (1) or right (2) side radio identifier next to the line key. The UHF (COM) and TCN display lines do not show a 1/2 identifier; these units are left-side radios. May 19, 2005 3-13

ATC display

COM squelch button ADF TEST button

1/2 button

operation

5230775833

Table 3-4. RTU-870T Radio Tuning Unit, Controls and Indicators. - Continued CONTROL OR DISPLAY FUNCTION/DESCRIPTION The 1/2 switch on the RTU-870T does not control the selection of transponders. In dual transponder installations, an external switch is required to select between ATC 1 and ATC 2. DME hold button Push the DME HLD button to hold the DME at the current NAV frequency, and allow the VOR/LOC receiver to be independently retuned. When this button is pushed, DME HOLD annunciates on the top center of the RTU. Push the DME HLD button a second time to cancel hold; the DME automatically retunes to the active NAV frequency. The DME HOLD annunciator lights to show that the DME is being held to the NAV frequency that was active when DME hold was selected. The DME hold frequency is displayed on the NAV mode page.

DME hold annunciator

Figure 3-6. RTU-870T Radio Tuning Unit, Controls and Indicators (ATC Control) Table 3-5. RTU-870T Radio Tuning Unit, Controls, and Indicators CONTROL OR DISPLAY ATC standby/on button FUNCTION/DESCRIPTION The ATC STBY button is active only on the RTU that is controlling the transponder. Push this button to select standby or normal (on) mode. Standby mode applies power to the transponder, but prevents it from transmitting replies; use this mode only during taxi or when requested by ATC. The "STBY" displays (instead of "ATC 2") on the ATC display line in standby mode.

3-14

May 19, 2005

operation

5230775833

Table 3-5. RTU-870T Radio Tuning Unit, Controls, and Indicators - Continued CONTROL OR DISPLAY ATC identification button FUNCTION/DESCRIPTION The ATC ID button is active only on the RTU that is controlling the transponder. Push this button to transmit a special identification pattern that displays on the ground controllers radar screen. Push this button only when requested to "squawk ident" by the ground controller. Note that "ID" displays (instead of "ATC 2") on the ATC display line for about 20 seconds when this button is pushed. The REPLY annunciator is active only on the RTU that is controlling the transponder. This annunciator lights when the TDR transponder replies to an interrogation. Push the ATC line key twice to select the ATC mode page. The RTU automatically redisplays the main menu page after approximately 15 seconds of inactivity. This display shows the selected transponder reply code that can be directly changed by the tuning knobs. Push the ALT line key to alternately select altitude reporting (ON ALT) or altitude off (OFF ALT) mode. Select ON ALT mode for TCAS operation. Altitude reporting (ON ALT) mode is the normal operating mode. The transponder replies to interrogation pulses, and transmits uncorrected barometric altitude (Mode C). Reply (OFF ALT) mode is normally used only when requested by ATC. The transponder replies to interrogation pulses (Mode A), but does not transmit altitude data. The TDR-94D automatically replies to ATCRBS/TCAS interrogations (Mode S). No operator action is required. ALT display TCAS mode key This display shows the uncorrected barometric altitude that is transmitted in the ON ALT mode. Push the third line key to select the TCAS operating mode (STBY, TA/RA, or TA). The selected mode annunciates by the line key. In STBY mode the TCAS does not transmit. In TA/RA mode, both traffic alert (TA) and resolution advisories (RA) may display on the MFD/IVSIs. In TA mode no RA traffic is shown and the TCAS system does not issue resolution advisories. TDR/TCAS test key Return to main menu Push the TST key to initiate the TCAS and TDR self-test routines (ON TST). When the key is released, test mode turns off (TST). Push the RTN key to redisplay the RTU main menu select key page. Note that "STBY" displays instead of "RTN" when the ATC STBY button is pushed on. "ID" displays instead of "RTN" (for about 20 seconds) when the ATC ID button is pushed.

ATC reply annunciator ATC mode page (TDR/TCAS) ATC code display ATC ALT key

May 19, 2005

3-15

operation

5230775833

3.1.1.5 RTU-42XX Radio Tuning Unit Figure 3-7 and Table 3-6 list the controls and indicators on the RTU-42XX Radio Tuning Unit (RTU). The RTU display structure is made up of three tiers: The top level displays, the main display pages, and the preset pages. Two error pages may also be displayed from any level. The top level page is shown at power-up and when no RTU control has been selected for a period of time. The top level display page shows sub-displays for each of the radios controlled by the RTU, and provides access to the main display pages. Only basic controls and indicators plus those related to TCAS operation are discussed. For a complete description and operating instructions for the RTU, refer to the RTU-4200/4210/4220 Radio Tuning Unit Pilots Guide, Collins Part Number 523-0777900.

Figure 3-7. RTU-42XX Radio Tuning Unit, Controls and Indicators (Top Level Page) Table 3-6. RTU-42XX Radio Tuning Unit, Controls and Indicators. CONTROL OR DISPLAY FUNCTION/DESCRIPTION

NOTE
Some of the controls listed are optional and may or may not be included depending on the installation. ON/OFF switch Turn the knob clockwise past the detent to select on. Turn counterclockwise past the detent to select off.

NOTE
In extreme cold temperatures below -20 C (-4 F) there will be a power up delay of one to ten minutes. Full display brightness may take as long as an additional 10 minutes. BRT (brightness) knob Rotate clockwise to increase display brightness. Rotate counterclockwise to decrease brightness. In installations where the brightness knob is used in conjunction with an aircraft master brightness control, set the RTU brightness knob to the center of the range before adjusting the aircraft control. The RTU has seven panel mounted line select keys. These are used to select control of individual radio frequencies, presets, codes, and modes. The tune window is shown around the value selected for control. May 19, 2005

Line select keys

3-16

operation

5230775833

Table 3-6. RTU-42XX Radio Tuning Unit, Controls and Indicators. - Continued CONTROL OR DISPLAY Tune window FUNCTION/DESCRIPTION The tune window surrounds the item selected for control. Operation of the tuning knobs change the value shown in the tune window. The default position for the tune window is around the COM recall frequency (top right of display). In some installations, the tune window returns to the default position after approximately 20 seconds of inactivity. The tuning knobs are used to set the value shown in the tune window. When a frequency, code, or mode is shown in the tune window, the large tuning knob controls the most significant digits, and the small tuning knob controls the least significant digits. If present, the volume knob is the third (smallest diameter) knob on the knob cluster. As the volume knob it rotated, a volume scale is displayed adjacent to the selected radio. Push the IDENT function key to transmit an ATC identification pulse. When the ident feature is active, ID is shown in cyan on the ATC subdisplay and on the ATC main display page. Push the DME-H function key to hold the currently tuned DME frequency. When DME hold is active, the DME frequency is shown in green followed by a yellow H on the top level page, NAV main display page, and preset page to show the hold function is activated. To select control of the cross-side radios, push the 1/2 function key on the onside RTU. When selected, cross-side radio labels are shown in yellow. If both RTUs are commanded to control the same radio simultaneously, the pilots RTU take precedence. If an RTU has failed, selecting the 1/2 function key displays an error page. Clear this page by pushing the 1/2 function key again, or any line select key. To tune the cross-side radios with a failed RTU (reversionary tuning mode), disable the failed RTU by using either the ON/OFF switch or the appropriate aircraft remote power switch. Displays various TCAS operating modes and selections.

Tuning knobs

Volume knob Ident key

DME-H (hold) key

1/2 key

TCAS subdisplay

May 19, 2005

3-17

operation

5230775833

Figure 3-8. RTU-42XX Radio Tuning Unit, Controls and Indicators (TCAS Page) Table 3-7. RTU-42XX Radio Tuning Unit, Controls, and Indicators CONTROL AND DISPLAY FUNCTION/DESCRIPTION

NOTE
Some of the controls listed are optional and may or may not be included depending on the installation. TCAS mode select Push the adjacent line select key to toggle through the TCAS modes. The available modes are TA/RA (traffic and resolution advisories), STBY (standby), and TA ONLY (traffic advisories only.) The active mode is shown in cyan and in large letters on the TCAS main display page. Push the adjacent line select key to toggle between the altitude modes. The available modes are REL (relative) and ABS (absolute). Push the adjacent line select key to set other traffic (non-threat traffic) monitoring ON (all traffic) or OFF (threat traffic only). The active state is shown in cyan and in large letters on the TCAS main display page. Push the adjacent line select key to return to the top level display page. Other traffic (OT) shows on the TCAS traffic display in variable altitude volumes. Normal (NORM) mode is displayed when neither ABOVE or BELOW is selected. Normal mode sets the OT window limits from 2700 feet above to 2700 feet below own aircraft altitude. Push the adjacent line select key to extend the upper OT window limit. May be used in conjunction with the below limit selection. The active mode is shown in cyan and in large letters on the TCAS main display page.

Altitude mode select Traffic display select

Return key OT window display

Above limit select

3-18

May 19, 2005

operation

5230775833

Table 3-7. RTU-42XX Radio Tuning Unit, Controls, and Indicators - Continued CONTROL AND DISPLAY Below limit select FUNCTION/DESCRIPTION Push the adjacent line select key to extend the lower OT window limit. May be used in conjunction with the above limit selection. The active mode is shown in cyan and in large letters on the TCAS main display page. Push the test line select key to initiate the TCAS self-test function. Push and hold the test line select key to initiate the extended TCAS self test. When self test is active, TEST is annunciated in cyan and in large letters on the TCAS main display page. When TCAS self test is initiated, the ATC self test is also initiated. In some installations, TCAS self test operates only with the aircraft on the ground. Turn either tuning knob to set the TCAS display range. Clockwise rotation selects increasing ranges and counterclockwise rotation selects decreasing ranges. Available range depends on the installation and may be either 6/12, 6/12/20/40, 3/5/10/20/40, or 5/10/20/40 nautical miles (nmi). Displays the selected TCAS range in nmi.

Test

Range select

TCAS range display

To set the TCAS mode from the top level page, push the TCAS line select key once to position the tune window around the TCAS mode in the subdisplay. Set the TCAS mode by rotating either tuning knob. To access the TCAS main display page, push the TCAS line select key two times; first to position the tune window around the TCAS mode in the subdisplay, and second to change to the TCAS main display page.

May 19, 2005

3-19

operation

5230775833

3.1.1.6 TTC-920G TCAS and Transponder Control Figure 3-9 lists the controls and indicators on the TTC-920G TCAS and Transponder Control, and Table 3-8 contains the descriptions.

Figure 3-9. TTC-920G TCAS and Transponder Control, Controls and Indicators Table 3-8. TTC-920G TCAS and Transponder Control, Controls and Indicators. CONTROL OR INDICATOR ABOVE/N/BELOW range switch FUNCTION Steps the TCAS through the available traffic display range selections: In the ABOVE position, the TCAS traffic display extends from 2700 feet below to 9900 feet above the aircraft (see Figure 3-4). In the N (normal) position, the TCAS traffic display extends from 2700 feet below to 2700 feet above the aircraft (see Figure 3-4). In the BELOW position, the TCAS traffic display extends from 9900 feet below to 2700 feet above the aircraft (see Figure 3-4). TCAS selector switch STBY TA/RA TA XPDR TEST push button Concentric code-select switches Sets TCAS to standby. Enables display of all resolution advisories. Enables traffic display only (no resolution advisories). Selects transponder operation only (TCAS is set to standby). Permits TCAS to be self-tested from cockpit. Selects transponder code to be transmitted (does not affect Mode C or Mode S encoded data).

3-20

May 19, 2005

operation

5230775833

Table 3-8. TTC-920G TCAS and Transponder Control, Controls and Indicators. - Continued CONTROL OR INDICATOR Selected-code indicator IDENT push button ATC FAIL indicator Altitude source select (ALT) switch (1/OFF/2) Transponder (XPDR) selector switch (1/2) TFC switch (see note) Displays selected code. Transmits ident pulse to ATCRBS station when switch is pushed. Illuminates when selected transponder has failed. Permits selecting one of two, or neither, altitude sensor sources to input data to transponder for altitude reporting. Enables selection of transponder number 1 or number 2. Steps the TCAS display through modes: Full time traffic display with VSI, and VSI display with automatic traffic display (pop-up) when needed. RNG switch (see note) Switches the TCAS display between the 6- and 12-nmi maximum range selection. FUNCTION

NOTE
TFC and RNG switches are available with either the TTC-920G or the TCAS display. These switches are labeled M and R for mode and range on the TCAS display.

May 19, 2005

3-21

operation

5230775833

3.1.1.7 TTR-920/921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver Figure 3-10 and Table 3-9 list the controls and indicators on the TTR-920/921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver.

Figure 3-10. TTR-920/921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Control and Indicators Table 3-9. TTR-920/TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Controls and Indicators. CONTROL OR INDICATOR TEST push button TTR PASS indicator TTR FAIL indicator X PNDR indicator UPPER ANT indicator LOWER ANT indicator RAD ALT indicator HDNG indicator R/A indicator T/A indicator FUNCTION Permits initiating self-test of TTR-920/921. Test signals exercise operation of TTR-920/921. Lights on completion of TTR-920/921 self-test to indicate TTR-920/921 has passed test. Lights on completion of TTR-920/921 self-test to indicate TTR-920/921 has failed test. Lights on completion of TTR-920/921 self-test to indicate an associated transponder or data link interface has failed test. Lights on completion of TTR-920/921 self-test to indicate upper antenna has failed test. Lights on completion of TTR-920/921 self-test to indicate lower antenna has failed test. Lights on completion of TTR-920/921 self-test to indicate the lack of radio altimeter information. Lights on completion of TTR-920/921 self-test to indicate lack of heading information. Lights on completion of TTR-920/921 self-test to indicate resolution advisory indicator has failed. Lights on completion of TTR-920/921 self-test to indicate traffic advisory indicator has failed.

3-22

May 19, 2005

operation

5230775833

3.1.1.8 TVI-920/920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator This paragraph describes the various display features on the TVI-920/920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator. Each display description consists of a drawing and a table of descriptions. Key numbers link the individual features to the corresponding descriptions in the table. The TCAS-94 system provides two types of advisories, depending on the projected aircraft separation at closest point of approach (CPA). The Theory of Operation chapter gives a more definitive description of the parameters involved in each. Traffic advisory: Traffic advisories call attention to a developing collision threat by using the TVI-920/920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, EFIS MFD or EHSI, or radar display. This permits mental and physical preparation for a possible maneuver to follow and assists the pilot in achieving visual acquisition of the threatening aircraft. Resolution advisory: Resolution advisories recommend a vertical speed strategy to provide adequate vertical separation from the threatening intruder. This can be a recommendation to maintain the present vertical speed. The advisory is conditioned to prevent initiation of a maneuver that might expose the aircraft to additional threatening conditions. For example, radio altitude information is used to prevent descent resolution advisories below 1100 feet agl or increase descent advisories below 1450 [1550 with Change 7.0] feet agl. All resolution advisories are inhibited below 1000 feet agl. The TCAS-94 system can also detect and display other nearby traffic. This type of traffic is defined as proximity traffic (PT) and other traffic (OT). PT and OT are considered non-threatening. Ascend and descend advisories are issued in one of four VS ranges: Zero vertical speed: This is the maintain altitude advisory in which the display recommends that the present altitude be maintained. Ascend or descend: This advisory calls for a climb or descent, as the need dictates. Increase ascent or descent: If the threat warrants, the advisory can recommend a change in VS direction or rate. Maintain vertical speed: This is a preventive RA. 3.1.1.8.1 Overall Display Description Refer to Figure 3-11 for an overview of the displays and display items and to Table 3-10 for a description of the various display items. Be aware, however, that this particular diagram is unrealistic in some respects. It is intended to show where the various data items can appear and thus form a basis for the description that follows. Some of the features do not normally occur in combination with others as shown. For example: a. The top view shows the vertical speed legend (key 14) and resolution advisory data (keys 8 and 9) on the same display. This does not occur simultaneously in actual operation. The vertical speed legend (key 14) appears only when the instrument is operating as a vertical speed only display and is not in a traffic mode (RA or TA). b. The NO BRG RA and NO BRG TA field contents are intended to be explanatory rather than descriptive. The actual data format is as follows: XAXX.X YY Where: XA is either resolution advisory (RA) or traffic advisory (TA) depending on the relative threat, XX.X is the range in nmi (maximum = 99.9 and a leading zero is used for distances less than 10.0), is either a + or - sign, indicating that the detected traffic is above (+) or below (-) in altitude. YY is the differential altitude in hundreds of feet (leading zero if less than 1000), and or indicates that the detected traffic is ascending () or descending () at least 500 ft/min. No arrow indicates a vertical speed (VS) less than 500 ft/min. If the data is TA in nature, the characters are yellow. If the data is RA in nature, the characters are red. In test mode the upper field shows TEST in white letters outlined in a box. If a NO BRG RA or TA is present during test, TEST overwrites the NO BRG RA or NO BRG TA. Normally, however, this should not occur. The aircraft and clock boundary symbols (keys 18 and 19) are displayed only in traffic mode. If a NO BRG RA or NO BRG TA message is displayed, the 4 through 8 oclock positions of the clock are removed.

May 19, 2005

3-23

operation

5230775833

Figure 3-11. TVI-920/920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Overall View, Controls and Indicators

3-24

May 19, 2005

operation

5230775833

Table 3-10. TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Overall View, Controls and Indicators. KEY 1 ITEM Bezel-mounted photocell Upper-upper left flag field Yellow background with black letters (ONLY TA is white and outlined with a box. If a TA is present, the symbol is yellow.) White, or yellow if a TA is present White arrowhead pointer White Yellow background with black letters V/S DISPLAY DESCRIPTION Senses ambient light conditions and adjusts display intensity for optimum display readability. Display intensity can also be controlled by means of the 5-V ac dimming bus input. The following flag items are displayed in this field: TCAS, RA, or the ONLY flag field portion of ONLY TA (see 3). RA flag is displayed if V/S flag is displayed. TCAS flag is displayed if TCAS data is unreliable. ONLY flag is displayed if TA ONLY mode is selected. If ONLY is displayed in flag field KEY 2, TA is displayed in this field. Indicates vertical speed against the analog scale. The VS pointer is removed if VS data is invalid (V/S flag displayed). In VS test, the pointer and the VS flag are displayed simultaneously. The descending 0.5 scale mark is partially obscured when the V/S flag is displayed. The V/S flag signals unreliability of the VS data. This can be the result of an internal malfunction or absence of data, or invalid external VS data. Provides facility to select VSI or traffic mode. Each push of the switch toggles the selection to the other mode. Refer to Key 12 Provides facility to select Above, Below, and Normal TCAS vertical range. Push button cycles vertical range through the order: Normal, Above, and Below. Red band resolution advisory indicates vertical speeds to be avoided. The red band cannot occupy the entire scale and may be bordered by some green "fly to" arc in either the ascending or descending range. Green band in a resolution advisory display indicates the desired "fly to" VS range. If present, it occupies 20 of scale space except when it is centered about 0. In this case, it occupies 32. Vertical speed scale is piece-wise linear for easier interpolation and is scaled as follows: 0 - 1000 ft/min = 64 of scale 1000 - 2000 ft/min = 41 of scale 2000 - 4000 ft/min = 40 of scale 4000 - 6200 ft/min = 22 of scale Major scale marks are located at 500-, 1000-, 2000-, 3000-, 4000-, 5000-, and 6000-ft/min positions. Minor marks indicate 100-ft/min increments from 0 to 1000 ft/min and x500-ft/min increments thereafter.

3 4

Lower-upper left flag field VS pointer

5 6

0.5 scale mark V/S flag field

Mode select switch OR Above/Below select switch (-3XX units)

Red band

Red band

Green band

Green band

10

Vertical speed scale

Symmetrical scale, calibrated from 0 to 6000 ft/min, ascending and descending

May 19, 2005

3-25

operation

5230775833

Table 3-10. TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Overall View, Controls and Indicators. - Continued KEY 11 ITEM Upper-upper right flag field DISPLAY White letters on a black background enclosed in a white box White letters on a black background enclosed in a white box Colored square, diamond shape, or circle, or empty diamond with altitude data fields and VS arrow DESCRIPTION The data displayed in this field indicates selected maximum range or the TCAS portion of the TCAS OFF flag. OFF is shown in lower window (see 12). The data displayed in this field is the OFF portion of TCAS OFF (see 11), ABV (above), or BLW (below). ABV or BLW indicates the selected altitude range for display of other traffic. TCAS OFF has priority over ABV or BLW. Any of these symbols can be positioned anywhere within the perimeter of the VS scale. Traffic outside of the selected range is parked behind the VS scale with about one-half of the symbol obscured. The diagram shows the various types of symbols that are used. Each symbol is shown with two data fields. Only one of these is used at any one time. If the intruder is at a higher altitude, the differential altitude is displayed in the upper field and is preceded with a + sign. Similarly, if the intruder is at a lower altitude, the differential altitude is displayed in the lower field and is preceded with a - sign. The altitude is always displayed in hundreds of feet using two digits. If the differential altitude is less than 1000, a leading zero is used. 00 indicates a co-altitude. The arrow indicates that the actual (not relative) vertical speed of the intruder is at least 500 ft/min. An up-pointing arrow indicates ascent; a down-pointing arrow indicates descent. The arrow is not shown if the VS of the intruder is less than 500 ft/min. Indicates the range, bearing, and differential altitude of traffic that presents a threat associated with the ongoing resolution advisory. Same as RA symbol except as it applies to traffic advisory information. Indicates the range, bearing, and altitude of detected traffic that is within 1200 ft of altitude and within 6-nmi range. The data fields and arrow show differential altitude and ascent/descent data in the same fashion as the other symbols. Indicates the range, bearing, and altitude of detected traffic that does not qualify as RA, TA, or PT. The data fields and arrow show differential altitude and ascent/descent data in the same fashion as the other symbols. Visible whenever vertical speed only mode is active.

12

Lower-upper right flag field

13

Traffic symbols

13A

RA (resolution advisory) symbol TA (traffic alert) symbol and data tag PT (proximity traffic) symbol and data tag OT (other traffic) symbol and data fields VERTICAL SPEED and x1000 FPM legend Upper-center data field

Red filled square with data fields and VS arrow Yellow filled circle with data fields and VS arrow Cyan filled diamond symbol with data fields and VS arrow Cyan outlined diamond shape with data fields and VS arrow Cyan legend

13B

13C

13D

14

15

Red characters for RA data, yellow characters for TA data, or white TEST in test mode

These two data fields can both show RA data or TA data. However, RA data always has priority over TA data. If an RA situation exists along with one or more TA situations, the RA data will always appear in the upper field and the TA posing the greatest threat will be displayed in the lower field. See format description above. In test mode, a white TEST is displayed in the upper field. May 19, 2005

3-26

operation

5230775833

Table 3-10. TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Overall View, Controls and Indicators. - Continued KEY ITEM DISPLAY DESCRIPTION

NOTE
A/RA No Bearing TA and RA traffic for which TCAS cannot calculate a bearing show on a two line annunciator field at the bottom middle of the display. The annunciator shows the type (TA or RA), range, and relative or absolute altitude of the traffic. The annunciator shows in amber for TA traffic and in red for RA traffic. Range shows as a two number read-out in nautical miles with a resolution of one tenth of a nautical mile. The altitude data has two numbers and, in the relative mode, a preceding + or - sign. The number on the left shows thousands of feet of altitude and the number on the right shows hundreds of feet of altitude (i.e., +22 = 2200 ft above the aircraft and -02 = 200 ft below the aircraft). An upward or downward pointing arrow shows with the altitude data for traffic climbing or descending at an actual vertical speed of 500 ft/min or greater. 16 17 Lower-center data field Range select Push button Same as upper-center field except for TEST This field can display NO BRG TA or NO BRG RA. See format description above. Provides facility to select the desired maximum display range. The selected range is annunciated in the upper-upper right flag field. The aircraft symbol (19) and range right (18) are displayed in TA mode.

NOTE
Users should recognize that an intruder symbol will be displayed at the maximum range only when it is situated directly in front of own aircraft (0 degree relative azimuth). The maximum range erodes sinusoidally to a minimum of about 0.42 of maximum when the intruder is directly behind the own aircraft. Table 3-11 shows the relative maximum display ranges for three intruder angles and the various selectable display ranges. The size of the aircraft symbol (Key 19) is identical for the 3, 5, and 6 nmi ranges, and slightly smaller for the 10, 12, 20, and 40 nmi ranges. 18 2/20-nmi range ring 2/20-nmi range ring around aircraft symbol consisting of 12 clock position symbols White aircraft symbol surrounded by a ring of marks at the 12 clock positions Indicates a 2-nmi area around aircraft, scaled for the range selection as described in Key 17. Indicates a 20-nmi area around aircraft when range is 40 NM. Small cubes on the ring are for bearing reference and are positioned at the 12 clock positions. The symbol represents your aircraft. The size of the symbol and ring shown on the drawing is for 6 nmi; a 12-nmi symbol is one-half of the size shown. Symbol and ring are displayed in traffic mode.

19

Aircraft symbol

May 19, 2005

3-27

operation

5230775833

Table 3-11. TVI-920/920D Ranges Selected Range 3 5 6 10 12 20 40 Range at 0 Deg 3.43 5.72 6.87 11.44 13.73 22.88 45.77 Range at 90 Deg 2.24 3.77 4.58 7.55 9.06 15.11 30.21 Range at 180 Deg 1.43 2.39 2.87 4.78 5.73 9.55 19.10

3.1.1.8.2 Resolution Advisory Display Refer to Figure 3-12 for a drawing of a typical resolution advisory display and to Table 3-12 for a description of the display items. A resolution advisory condition exists when nearby traffic poses a threat of collision. In this condition, the RA display will call for one of the following maneuvers: Maintain altitude Climb; fly to a climbing VS of 1500 ft/min Descend; fly to a descending VS of 1500 ft/min Maintain vertical speed. The climb or descend advisory can be followed by an "increase climb/descent" advisory with an increase VS of 2500 ft/min if the lesser VS appears to be insufficient for safe clearance. RA display data indicates the bearing, differential altitude (altitude above or below your aircraft), and vertical speed of the intruder aircraft. If the bearing data is not available, the data is displayed in text form, indicating the range, differential altitude, and VS of the intruder.

Figure 3-12. TVI-920/920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Resolution Advisory Display, Controls and Indicators

3-28

May 19, 2005

operation

5230775833

Table 3-12. TVI-920/920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Resolution Advisory Display, Controls and Indicators. KEY 1 2 ITEM Upper-upper left data field Red band RA Red band DISPLAY DESCRIPTION RA is displayed only if the RA function is unreliable or if the VS flag is displayed. Red band resolution advisory indicates vertical speeds to be avoided. The red band cannot occupy the entire scale and may be bordered by some green "fly to" arc in either the ascending or descending range. Green band in a resolution advisory display indicates the desired "fly to" VS range. If present, it occupies 20 of scale space except when it is centered about 0. In this case, it occupies 32. The data displayed in this field indicates selected maximum range or the TCAS portion of the TCAS OFF flag. OFF is shown in lower window (see Key 5). The data displayed in this field is the OFF portion of TCAS OFF (see 2), ABV (above), or BLW (below). ABV or BLW indicates the selected altitude range for display of other traffic. TCAS OFF has priority over ABV or BLW. Indicates the range, bearing, and differential altitude of traffic that presents a threat associated with the ongoing resolution advisory. The aircraft symbol represents your aircraft. The size shown on drawing is for 12 nmi. The symbol and ring are shown only in traffic mode. Indicates vertical speed against the analog scale. The VS pointer is removed if VS data is invalid (V/S flag displayed). In VS test, both the pointer and VS flag are displayed.

Green band

Green band

Upper-upper right data field

White letters on a black background enclosed in a white box ABV, BLW, or OFF

Lower-upper right data field

6 7

RA symbol Aircraft symbol and clock boundary ring

Red square with data fields and VS arrow White aircraft symbol surrounded by a ring of marks at the 12 clock positions White arrowhead pointer

Vertical speed pointer

3.1.1.8.3 Traffic Advisory Display Refer to Figure 3-13 for a drawing of a typical traffic advisory display and to Table 3-13 for a description of the display items. A traffic advisory (TA) is said to exist when traffic is present in the immediate vicinity but the traffic poses no immediate threat.

May 19, 2005

3-29

operation

5230775833

Figure 3-13. TVI-920/920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Traffic Advisory Display, Controls and Indicators Table 3-13. TVI-920/920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Traffic Advisory Display, Controls and Indicators. KEY 1 ITEM Upper-upper left data field Lower-upper left data field Other traffic symbol and data field Upper-upper right data field Lower-upper right data field DISPLAY White ONLY, outlined with a box. Yellow if a TA is present. Yellow TA Cyan open diamond shape with data field and VS arrow White letters on a black background enclosed in a white box ABV, BLW, or OFF DESCRIPTION In TA ONLY mode, ONLY is displayed in this field.

2 3

In TA ONLY mode, TA is displayed in this field. See Key 13 and Key 13D shown inFigure 3-10 for a description.

The data displayed in this field indicates selected maximum range or the TCAS portion of the "TCAS OFF" flag. OFF is shown in lower window (see Key 5). The data displayed in this field is the OFF portion of TCAS OFF (see 2), ABV (above), or BLW (below). ABV or BLW refers to the selected range of altitudes for display of detected PT and OT data. TCAS OFF has priority over ABV or BLW. Indicates the range, bearing, and differential altitude of traffic that does not present an immediate threat. Based on the situation (e.g., closure rate), it may be advisable to take evasive action.

TA symbol

Solid yellow circle with data fields and VS arrow

3-30

May 19, 2005

operation

5230775833

Table 3-13. TVI-920/920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Traffic Advisory Display, Controls and Indicators. - Continued KEY 7 ITEM Aircraft symbol and clock boundary ring No bearing traffic DISPLAY White aircraft symbol surrounded by a ring of marks at the 12 clock positions Red or yellow data fields DESCRIPTION The aircraft symbol represents your aircraft. The size shown on drawing is for 12 nmi. The symbol and ring are shown only in RA or TA mode. The advisories in these fields show that threatening or nonthreatening traffic is within the maximum range but no bearing information is available. Threatening traffic is shown as RA data in red, while less threatening TA data is shown in yellow.

3.1.1.8.4 Proximity and Other Traffic Display Description Refer to Figure 3-14 for a view of the display and display items associated with proximity and other traffic display items. Table 3-14 gives the description of these display items. These two display configurations are combined because of their similarity. As the names imply, proximity traffic and other traffic refer to traffic that poses a very low threat potential. Generally, other traffic is traffic within 12 nmi and at a differential altitude greater than 1200 feet. Proximity traffic is traffic within 6 nmi and at or within a differential altitude of +/-1200 ft but does not qualify for a TA or RA. TCAS typically begins tracking traffic at about 14 nmi, thus it is not uncommon for a traffic symbol to appear to slide onto the display from under the VS scale.

Figure 3-14. TVI-920/920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Proximity and Other Traffic Display, Controls and Indicators

May 19, 2005

3-31

operation

5230775833

Table 3-14. TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Proximity and Other Traffic Display, Controls and Indicators. KEY 1 ITEM Other traffic symbol DISPLAY Open cyan diamond shape with data fields and arrow DESCRIPTION Other traffic symbol indicates the range, bearing, and altitude of detected traffic that does not qualify as RA, TA, or PT. The data fields and arrow show differential altitude and ascent/descent data. The absence of an arrow indicates that the other traffic is either maintaining its present altitude or not ascending or descending more that 500 ft/min. The lower-upper right flag field indicates the selected altitude range for display of other traffic (ABV for above and BLW for below your present altitude). The data displayed in the upper-right field indicates the selected maximum range or the TCAS portion of the TCAS OFF flag. OFF is shown in lower window.

Selected range and maximum range ring

Range arc is white. Range selected is shown in upper-upper right flag field in white characters against a black background. Cyan filled diamond shape with data fields and VS arrow White symbol and marks at the 12 clock positions

Proximity traffic symbol and data field

Indicates the range, bearing, and altitude of detected traffic that is within 1200 ft of altitude and within 6-nmi range. The data fields and arrow show differential altitude and ascent/descent data. This symbol represents your aircraft and serves as a reference for evaluation of the traffic situation around you.

Aircraft symbol and clock ring

3.1.1.8.5 Vertical Speed Display Description Table 3-15 shows a typical vertical speed display. The items of the display are described in the Table 3-15.

3-32

May 19, 2005

operation

5230775833

Figure 3-15. TVI-920/920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Vertical Speed Display, Controls and Indicators Table 3-15. TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Vertical Speed Display, Controls and Indicators. KEY 1 2 3 ITEM VS pointer 0.5 scale VS flag DISPLAY White arrowhead pointer White 0.5 Black letters on a yellow background White scale marks and numerals DESCRIPTION The vertical speed is indicated by the pointer, read again the scale (4) pointer. This scale mark is partially obscured when the V/S flag is in view. V/S is displayed if the vertical speed information is unreliable.

VS scale

Vertical speed scale is piece-wise linear for easier interpolation and is scaled as follows:
0 - 1000 = 64 of scale 1000 - 2000 = 41 of scale 2000 - 4000 = 40 of scale 4000 - 6200 = 22 of scale

Major scale marks are located at 500-, 1000-, 2000-, 3000-, 4000-, 5000-, and 6000-ft/min positions. Minor marks indicate 100-ft/min increments from 0 to 1000 ft/min and at 500-ft/min increments thereafter. 5 VERT SPEED and x1000 FPM legend Cyan legend Visible whenever vertical speed only mode is active.

May 19, 2005

3-33/(3-34 Blank)

5230775833

CHAPTER 4 THEORY OF OPERATION

4.1 GENERAL 4.1.1 Theory of Operation 4.1.1.1 Principles of TCAS II The TCAS-94 system aids the flight crew by detecting the presence of nearby aircraft and providing a warning when the proximity of that aircraft is determined to be a safety threat. The TCAS interrogates the transponders in the surrounding aircraft and uses the replies from those transponders to compute their flight path. From this data, the TCAS evaluates the potential threat. The TCAS determines the relative position of surrounding aircraft by using its directional antennas for bearing information and by measuring the time from interrogation to reply to compute the distance. Altitude information is supplied by the transponders. The operation of TCAS II can be summarized in the following functions: Surveillance Collision avoidance tracking Threat detection Threat resolution Communication and coordination.

4.1.1.1.1 Surveillance Mode S squitter transmissions are typically detected up to about 30 nmi. The maximum surveillance range of TCAS is about 14 nmi with display of detected intruder aircraft up to 12 nmi. The TCAS-94 system can detect and track up to 30 aircraft simultaneously. 4.1.1.1.2 Collision Avoidance Tracking The TCAS transmitter-receiver interrogates the transponders of neighboring aircraft and uses the replies to locate and track those aircraft. These replies include altitude information. Bearing and distance information is derived using the directional antennas and timing information based on transponder replies to specific interrogations. The bearing, distance, and altitude of each aircraft is used to calculate the track. This data is used to evaluate any potential conflict. When altitude is less than 1,700 ft above ground level (agl), the TCAS approximates the elevation of the ground above sea level. This is determined by subtracting radar altitude from pressure altitude. The TCAS considers any aircraft within 360 ft of this ground altitude to be on the ground, and displays no track for such aircraft. 4.1.1.1.3 Threat Detection Table 4-1 shows the parameters used in determining the type of advisory to be issued based on the particular threatening situation. The type of advisory appropriate for a given threatening situation is a function of the aircraft altitude. These altitude ranges can be seen as sensitivity levels. Thus, the system provides no resolution advisories at altitudes below 1,000 feet. The following is a list and description of the types of advisories that are issued: a. Traffic Advisory (TA) A TA is primarily informative in nature, informing the crew of nearby traffic that is not presently seen as a threat but can become a threat if conditions change adversely. b. Preventive Resolution Advisory (PRA) A PRA advises the crew to avoid certain deviations from the present vertical flight path. This means that the TCAS has determined that the situation is being resolved with the existing conditions. The crew, however, must not make certain changes from the current vertical speed. c. Corrective Resolution Advisory (CRA) A CRA advises the crew to take some action (i.e., to climb or descend) in order to resolve the developing threat. 4.1.1.1.4 Threat Resolution The key to understanding the TCAS threat evaluation and resolution is in recognizing that it is based on a projected CPA (closest point of approach). This CPA is at the center of a volume of airspace cylindrical in shape with a radius that is determined by either of two thresholds; TAU, which is a time threshold, or a horizontal distance threshold, whichever occurs first. Both TAU and the horizontal threshold increase with altitude. The vertical depth of this cylindrically-shaped volume is determined by certain separation ranges which also increase with altitude. Using the data in Table 4-1 and the aircraft encounter shown in Figure 4-1, consider the following scenario: Two aircraft are flying within a certain locality. Both aircraft are TCAS equipped. Both aircraft are flying level at 15,000 feet above ground and at a certain airspeed. Their individual headings, however, result in flight paths that intersect at a certain point ahead of their present location. May 19, 2005 4-1

theory of operation

5230775833

The TCAS in both aircraft interrogate the other aircrafts transponder and acquires heading, altitude, and vertical and horizontal speed information. The vertical speed is determined by the rate of change in altitude while the horizontal speed is determined by the rate of change of distance and bearing. Using this information and similar information concerning its own flight parameters, it is able to calculate a closure rate and a projected CPA. In this scenario the aircraft are in danger of colliding at CPA. Table 4-1 shows that a separation of less than 400 feet at 15,000 feet in altitude constitutes a corrective resolution advisory condition. Corrective action is needed and the TCAS in both aircraft will alert the crews by means of visual and aural advisories. At 45 seconds before CPA, or at the horizontal threshold (which in this case is 0.8 nmi), whichever occurs first, TCAS alerts both crews to the presence of the other aircraft by means of a traffic advisory; TRAFFIC, TRAFFIC. It is expected that this advisory will cause the crew to attempt to acquire visual contact with the other aircraft and mentally prepare for a TCAS commanded maneuver. If both aircraft maintain their present courses, the following corrective resolution advisory or advisories will be issued 15 seconds later; i.e., 30 seconds to CPA: 1. DESCEND, DESCEND, DESCEND (DESCEND, DESCEND with change 7.0 software) to the crew of one of the aircraft. 2. CLIMB, CLIMB, CLIMB (CLIMB, CLIMB with change 7.0 software) to the crew of the other aircraft. With this advisory the TCAS expects the crew to assume a vertical speed of 1500 feet per minute (fpm). In order to satisfy the corrective advisory situation at this altitude, TCAS expects a minimum separation of 400 feet. (This allows for a minimum separation of 200 feet with a worst case error of 100 feet in altitude data in each aircraft.) At 1500 fpm (25 feet per second) an aircraft needs 16 seconds to gain (or lose) 400 feet of altitude. But in this scenario, both aircraft crews can respond and so theoretically it should take less than 16 seconds to clear the threatening situation by increasing the separation of the aircraft to the preventive range of 400 to 600 feet.

NOTE
In reality, a similar scenario can be developed in which only one of the aircraft is TCAS equipped. In that case, however, and ignoring the vital role of air traffic control in such an encounter, the burden of collision avoidance is entirely upon the TCAS-equipped aircraft and crew. If TCAS does not detect a response within the next 5 seconds after issuing the first RA, the more urgent advisory INCREASE CLIMB, INCREASE CLIMB, and/or INCREASE DESCENT, INCREASE DESCENT is issued to the respective crew(s). This advisory expects the crew to assume a vertical speed of 2500 feet per minute. 4.1.1.1.5 Communication and Coordination In the case where both aircraft involved in an advisory situation are TCAS equipped, the TCAS communicates with the other aircraft to coordinate evasive strategies. This coordination may occur before an advisory is issued and is calculated for optimum safe separation using the least disruptive maneuver possible. For example, if one of the aircraft is in a particular vertical speed profile, it may be advantageous for that aircraft to increase or decrease its VS as opposed to the other assuming an appropriate VS. Whatever maneuver is selected, this information is communicated to other aircraft and ground facilities. If the other aircraft is not TCAS equipped, the corrective or preventive maneuver responsibility is assumed by the TCAS-equipped aircraft.

4-2

May 19, 2005

theory of operation

5230775833

Table 4-1. TCAS Advisory Parameters BASED ON RADIO ALTITUDE (FT)

ADVISORY UP TO 1,000 20 sec - - 850 ft - 1,000 TO 2,350 25 sec 15 sec 0.20 nmi 850 ft 600 ft Inhibited 300 ft UP TO 5,000 30 sec 20 sec 0.35 nmi 850 ft 600 ft 300 ft

BASED PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)

5,000 TO 10,000 40 sec 25 sec 0.55 nmi 850 ft 600 ft 350 ft 10,000 TO 20,000 45 sec 30 sec 0.80 nmi 850 ft 600 ft 400 ft 20,000 TO 30,000 [42,000] 48 sec 35 sec 1.10 nmi 850 ft 700 ft 600 ft ABOVE 30,000 [42,000] 48 sec 35 sec 1.10 nmi 1,200 ft 800 ft 700 ft

Advisory Time to CPA (TAU) Horizontal Threshold

Traffic Resolution Protected Volume

Traffic

Vertical Separation Thresholds at CPA

Preventive Resolution Threshold Corrective Resolution Threshold

- -

Numbers in brackets [ ] apply to TTR-920/TTR-921 units using change 7.0 software. Numbers not in brackets apply to units with software version 6.04 enhanced, or both versions if that parameter was unchanged.

May 19, 2005

4-3

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-1. TCAS Advisory, Protected Airspace Diagram

4-4

May 19, 2005

theory of operation

5230775833

4.1.1.2 TCAS-94 System Complement The Collins TCAS-94 system consists of the TTR-920/TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, two TRE-920 TCAS Directional Antennas (or one TRE-920 and one omnidirectional L-band antenna like the 237Z-1), two Mode S diversity transponders (or one Mode S diversity and one nondiversity) with antennas and control, and the TCAS control(s). The control depends on the data format selected: a CTL-92T if a CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Transponder Control is used or an RTU-4200 series, RTU-870T or TTC-920G if ARINC 429 tuning is used. Figure 4-2 shows a typical TCAS system using a CSDB transponder control. If an ARINC 429 control such as the TTC-920G is used, it replaces both the CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E and the CTL-92T. In both cases, TCAS control information is supplied through the active transponder. The display can be a TVI-920 or TVI-920D, as shown in Figure 4-3. The display system can also include the ALI-850B Altitude Indicator for RA display as shown in Figure TBD, and an MFD for TA display as shown in Figure 4-4. 4.1.1.3 TCAS-94 System Theory of Operation Figure 4-2 shows a typical TCAS-94 system. The TTR-920/TTR-921 contains the transmitter, receiver, computer, and control circuits that are the primary TCAS circuits of the system. The two associated TDR-94Ds, in addition to normally functioning as ATC/Mode S transponders, transmit and receive TCAS-related data (from the TTR-920/TTR-921) over the Mode S data link. The TTC-920G provides control inputs to both the TTR-920/TTR-921 and the TDR-94Ds. Resolution and traffic advisory information is displayed to the flight crew on the TVI-920/TVI-920D. When a TTR-920/TVI-921 in a TCAS-94 equipped aircraft transmits an interrogation signal, the transponder in the addressed aircraft replies. As the reply signal is received (through the TRE-920 directional antenna), processing circuits in the TTR920/TTR-921 determine the direction of the aircraft. From the altitude information encoded in the transponder reply, the TTR920/TTR-921 can also determine the reported altitude of the aircraft. The TTR-920/TTR-921 uses several responses from the replying aircraft to compute the altitude rate, range rate, and distance to the other aircraft. This information, along with the direction toward the aircraft, is sufficient for the TTR-920/TTR-921 to predict the probable flight path of the other aircraft. Computation of the probable flight path is done by the data processor in the TTR-920/TTR-921 through the use of software algorithms. (An algorithm is a set of rules or equations used in processing data.) From the computed data, the TTR-920/TTR-921 generates a traffic advisory output to the traffic advisory display and, if the predicted flight path of the other aircraft suggests an imminent threat, resolution advisory data is supplied to the resolution advisory display.

May 19, 2005

4-5/(4-6 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-2. Typical TCAS-94 System

May 19, 2005

4-7/(4-8 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-3. TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Display Items

May 19, 2005

4-9

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-4. MFD, TCAS II Traffic Advisory Displays 4.1.1.3.1 CTL-92T TCAS Control The CTL-92T is used with a CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Transponder Control to add the necessary information for control of the TCAS-94 system through the Mode S/ATC transponder. The CTL-92T accepts transponder control information in the form of ARINC 429, CSDB, or parallel code data. The output of the CTL-92T is ARINC 429 data which includes control data for both the Mode S transponder and the TCAS transmitter-receiver. A version of the CTL-92T includes Push buttons for range and mode control of the display being shared with TCAS and other functions such as radar. When used with the TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, users have the option of locating the range and mode controls on the CTL-92T or on the TVI-920/TVI-920D. Models with or without these control functions are available in both units. Refer to Figure 3-3 for a view of the CTL-92T front panel. 4.1.1.3.2 RTU-870T Radio Tuning Unit The RTU-870T Radio Tuning Unit is a centralized control unit capable of controlling a wide range of navigation and communications sensors in addition to TCAS. The RTU-870T is shown and described in Figure 3-5. 4.1.1.3.3 RTU-42XX Radio Tuning Unit The RTU-4200 Radio Tuning Unit (RTU) family of units provides centralized control and data display of several combinations of aircraft navigation and communications subsystems, including TCAS. This control is provided through a series of display pages and includes the setting of radio frequencies/ channels and modes as well as control of radio volume. The RTU-4200 provides single point control of both onside and cross-side radios from either pilots or copilots cockpit positions. Some models provide a backup HSI display mode. The RTU-4200 is shown in Figure 3-7 and described in Table 3-6. 4.1.1.3.4 TDR-94D ATC/Mode S Transponder The TDR-94D transponder has the capability of operating with Mode S interrogators as well as the standard ATCRBS interrogators. The Mode S capability permits sending and receiving messages via the interrogation/reply data link. The TDR-94D has six functional modules: high-voltage power supply, RF power amplifier, modulator, synthesizer, CPU I/O, and video processor. The 1030-MHz interrogations/data uplinks are applied from the L-band antennas to the receiver. In the receiver, the signal is mixed with a 1090-MHz output from the local oscillator to produce a 60-MHz if. The if signal is amplified, detected, and passed on to the signal and message processor.

4-10

May 19, 2005

theory of operation

5230775833

The processor decodes the interrogation to extract the message or interrogation- request data. This data is input to the CPU circuits. Here, the data is further processed for output through the I/O circuits to applicable components. The I/O circuits provide the interface requirements between the CPU and aircraft buses. The CPU circuits also receive data from various sources (altitude encoders, for example) for processing in preparation for transmission. The modulator portion of the transmitter circuits receives the data, or reply, to be transmitted from the signal and message processor. The 1090-MHz local oscillator CW output is applied to switching diodes. As the modulator biases these diodes on and off, the resulting 1090-MHz output pulses are further amplified to a level of approximately 600 watts. The signal is then output through the diplexer to the antenna for transmission. In Mode C operation, the transponder reply has added pulses which are used to encode the aircraft altitude. If in Mode S, the added pulses may encode TCAS coordination data, TCAS output data, or acknowledgment data. 4.1.1.3.5 TTC-920G TCAS and Transponder Control (2) The TTC-920/TTC-920A develops outputs used for controlling the TTR-920/TTR-921 and TDR-94D functions. All signals are in digital format and carried over an ARINC 429 data bus. Outputs from the front panel switches are applied to a CPU which, in turn, addresses locations in PROMs. The PROM outputs are applied through an interface to the ARINC 429 data bus to be applied to the TDR-94D. The TDR-94D retransmits control information to the TTR-920/TTR-921. Refer to Figure 3-8 for a listing of the TTC-920G front panel controls and indicators and their respective functions. 4.1.1.3.6 TTR-920/921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver The TTR-920/TTR-921 contains circuits for receiving, transmitting, signal processing (including computing), and interfacing with other components of the TCAS-94 system. A frequency source generates 1030 MHz for the transmitter output and receiver local oscillator. The receiver has four individual RF and IF sections, one for each of the four directional segments of the TRE-920 directional antenna. At the receiver detector the signals are combined to allow received-signal bearing information to be determined. This information is passed to the signal processor. The transmitter is a 6-stage, solid-state circuit that develops 1800 watts. The RF output is applied to a whisper/shout attenuator that controls the transmitted power applied, through the diplexer, beam steering network, and top/bottom antenna switch, to the antenna. The beam steering network has a phase-shifter network which generates four beams from the transmitter RF and controls their phase relationships. The outputs are connected to the four antenna elements through the top/bottom switch. The phase of the four output signals shapes and points the beams, or generates an omnidirectional pattern. The top/bottom switch connects the beam steering network output to either the top or bottom antenna. When an L-band omnidirectional antenna is used on the bottom of the aircraft, one switch terminal is connected to the antenna and the other three terminals are unterminated. A signal processor and CPU (central processing unit - the "computer") provide the control and data analysis necessary for the TTR-920/TTR-921 operation. The signal processor circuits serve as a preprocessor between the system software and the RF circuits. The CPU is made up of three microprocessors and their associated memories. This is the portion of the TTR-920/TTR921 that contains the algorithms for analyzing data developed as a result of signals from other aircrafts transponders. The CPU generates the traffic and resolution advisories for output to the cockpit displays. It is software controlled and communicates with the signal processor and input/output interface through the system bus. The input/output interface circuits are the a/d, d/a, ARINC, discrete, and analog circuits required to communicate with external TCAS equipment. The interface has a CPU to control its operation. 4.1.1.3.7 TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator The TTR-920/TVI-921 outputs ARINC 429 format signals to the TVI920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator. The data received from the TTR-920/TTR-921 is processed through computer circuits to generate the display data. Symbol generators make up the characters to be displayed. Refer to Figure 3-11 and Figure 4-3 for typical displays. Refer to Chapter 3, Operation for a more detailed description of the various displays. 4.1.1.3.8 Alternate Displays As described in paragraph (2) above, the TVI-920/TVI-920D provides display capability for vertical speed, resolution and traffic advisory data. As an alternative, the ALI-850B Altitude Indicator can be used to provide vertical speed (fly to) display information for resolution advisories. Similarly, a compatible MFD can be used to display traffic information. Refer to applicable literature on either or both of these instruments for descriptive information. The ALI-850B is shown in Figure 4-3 while a typical MFD display is shown in Figure 4-4.

May 19, 2005

4-11/(4-12 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-5. CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Transponder Control, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 1 of 7)

May 19, 2005

4-13/(4-14 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-5. CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Transponder Control, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 2 of 7)

May 19, 2005

4-15/(4-16 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-5. CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Transponder Control, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 3 of 7)

May 19, 2005

4-17/(4-18 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-5. CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Transponder Control, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 4 of 7)

May 19, 2005

4-19/(4-20 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-5. CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Transponder Control, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 5 of 7)

May 19, 2005

4-21/(4-22 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-5. CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Transponder Control, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 6 of 7)

May 19, 2005

4-23/(4-24 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-5. CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Transponder Control, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 7 of 7)

May 19, 2005

4-25/(4-26 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-6. CTL-92T TCAS/Transponder Control, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 1 of 5)

May 19, 2005

4-27/(4-28 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-6. CTL-92T TCAS/Transponder Control, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 2 of 5)

May 19, 2005

4-29/(4-30 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-6. CTL-92T TCAS/Transponder Control, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 3 of 5)

May 19, 2005

4-31/(4-32 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-6. CTL-92T TCAS/Transponder Control, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 4 of 5)

May 19, 2005

4-33/(4-34 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-6. CTL-92T TCAS/Transponder Control, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 5 of 5)

May 19, 2005

4-35/(4-36 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-7. RTU-870F/RTU-870T Radio Tuning Unit, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 1 of 3)

May 19, 2005

4-37/(4-38 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-7. RTU-870F/RTU-870T Radio Tuning Unit, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 2 of 3)

May 19, 2005

4-39/(4-40 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-7. RTU-870F/RTU-870T Radio Tuning Unit, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 3 of 3)

May 19, 2005

4-41/(4-42 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-8. TDR-94/TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-002/003 and 622-9352-002/003) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 1 of 8)

May 19, 2005

4-43

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-8. TDR-94/TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-002/003 and 622-9352-002/003) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 2 of 8)

4-44

May 19, 2005

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-8. TDR-94/TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-002/003 and 622-9352-002/003) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 3 of 8)

May 19, 2005

4-45

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-8. TDR-94/TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-002/003 and 622-9352-002/003) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 4 of 8)

4-46

May 19, 2005

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-8. TDR-94/TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-002/003 and 622-9352-002/003) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 5 of 8)

May 19, 2005

4-47

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-8. TDR-94/TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-002/003 and 622-9352-002/003) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 6 of 8)

4-48

May 19, 2005

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-8. TDR-94/TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-002/003 and 622-9352-002/003) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 7 of 8)

May 19, 2005

4-49

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-8. TDR-94/TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-002/003 and 622-9352-002/003) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 8 of 8)

4-50

May 19, 2005

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-9. TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-004 and Higher Statuses) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 1 of 10)

May 19, 2005

4-51

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-9. TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-004 and Higher Statuses) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 2 of 10)

4-52

May 19, 2005

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-9. TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-004 and Higher Statuses) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 3 of 10)

May 19, 2005

4-53

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-9. TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-004 and Higher Statuses) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 4 of 10)

4-54

May 19, 2005

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-9. TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-004 and Higher Statuses) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 5 of 10)

May 19, 2005

4-55

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-9. TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-004 and Higher Statuses) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 6 of 10)

4-56

May 19, 2005

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-9. TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-004 and Higher Statuses) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 7 of 10)

May 19, 2005

4-57

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-9. TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-004 and Higher Statuses) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 8 of 10)

4-58

May 19, 2005

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-9. TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-004 and Higher Statuses) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 9 of 10)

May 19, 2005

4-59

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-9. TDR-94D Mode S Transponder (622-9210-004 and Higher Statuses) Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 10 of 10)

4-60

May 19, 2005

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 1 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-61/(4-62 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 2 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-63/(4-64 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 3 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-65/(4-66 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 4 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-67/(4-68 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 5 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-69/(4-70 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 6 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-71/(4-72 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 7 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-73/(4-74 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 8 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-75/(4-76 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 9 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-77/(4-78 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 10 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-79/(4-80 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 11 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-81/(4-82 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 12 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-83/(4-84 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 13 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-85/(4-86 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 14 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-87/(4-88 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 15 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-89/(4-90 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 16 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-91/(4-92 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 17 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-93/(4-94 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 18 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-95/(4-96 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 19 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-97/(4-98 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 20 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-99/(4-100 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 21 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-101/(4-102 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 22 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-103/(4-104 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-10. TTR-920 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 23 of 23)

May 19, 2005

4-105/(4-106 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-11. TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 1 of 3)

May 19, 2005

4-107/(4-108 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-11. TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 2 of 3)

May 19, 2005

4-109/(4-110 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-11. TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 3 of 3)

May 19, 2005

4-111/(4-112 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-12. TVI-920( ) TCAS VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 1 of 5)

May 19, 2005

4-113/(4-114 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-12. TVI-920( ) TCAS VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 2 of 5)

May 19, 2005

4-115/(4-116 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-12. TVI-920( ) TCAS VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 3 of 5)

May 19, 2005

4-117/(4-118 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-12. TVI-920( ) TCAS VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 4 of 5)

May 19, 2005

4-119/(4-120 Blank)

theory of operation

5230775833

Figure 4-12. TVI-920( ) TCAS VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Input/Output Circuits (Sheet 5 of 5)

May 19, 2005

4-121/(4-122 Blank)

5230775833

CHAPTER 5 MAINTENANCE
5.1 TROUBLESHOOTING The TCAS-94 system incorporates automatic testing routines (BITE) in the TTR-920 (-X2X status only) and TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver to check the operational integrity of the system. Monitoring of system functions is continuous during operation. Testing may be initiated manually via the TTC-920G TCAS/Transponder Control, RTU-870F, RTU-870T, or RTU42XX Radio Tuning Unit. Testing may also be initiated by pushing the TEST switch on the front panel of the TTR-920/TTR921 TCAS Transmitter Receiver. If a system failure is detected during operation or after initiating test, an indicator on the TTR-920/TVI-921 front panel illuminates and a red TCAS "flag" displays on the active indicator(s). The -1XX, -3XX, and -4XX status TVI-920/TVI-920D can also show the status of the TTR-920/TVI-921 front-panel LEDs. Refer to the Operation section of this manual for a complete description of front panel control and indicators. 5.2 ADJUSTMENT/TEST This section contains procedures necessary to assure a properly operating TCAS-94 system. Use the post installation procedures to verify the correct initial installation in the aircraft. These procedures favor a higher probability of failure in the aircraft wiring and installation related procedures. Therefore, the instructions give more emphasis to these considerations. The flight line maintenance procedures assist the flight line technician in isolating a reported failure to a given LRU. Therefore, the instructions in this series favor a higher probability of TCAS II equipment failure. Adjustment or repair found necessary in either of these procedures is beyond the scope of this manual. Refer to the applicable component maintenance manual for that information.

NOTE
Use the flight line maintenance procedures as customer acceptance test procedures by interconnecting the equipment on the bench using the equivalent of an aircraft interconnect harness and appropriate sensor data sources.

NOTE
Throughout these procedures, understand that the term TCAS control is intended to apply to either the TTC920G or the combination of CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E and CTL-92T.

NOTE
Throughout these procedures, the term TCAS display is understood to refer to whatever TCAS display device is present in the installation. This can be a single or dual VSI/RA/TA instrument like the TVI-920D, an EFIS display like an MFD-86C, or perhaps a combination of these. 5.3 POST INSTALLATION PROCEDURES The Post Installation Procedures listed below are defined in the paragraphs that follow: Preliminary Inspection Preliminary System Checks TCAS System Self-Test Extended TCAS System Self-Test (-1XX/-3XX/-4XX TVI units only) Test Scenarios System Failure Tests Diagnostic Data Word Label 350.

5.3.1 Preliminary Inspection After the equipment has been installed and before electrical power is applied, it is wise to visually inspect the installation to ensure compliance with the installation requirements of Rockwell Collins Avionics Product Support Service Letter Number 150. 5.3.2 Preliminary System Checks a. Apply aircraft electrical power to each of the systems, one at a time, by closing the appropriate circuit breaker and actuating any applicable cockpit control. As electrical power is applied to each system, ensure that there are no initial failure indications. May 19, 2005 5-1

maintenance

5230775833

b. c. d. e.

Perform an operational test of the barometric altimeter system. Perform an operational test of the radio or radar altimeter system. Perform an operational test of the aircraft audio system. Perform an operational test of the Mode S transponder system.

NOTE
To test a heading system interface, allow about 3 minutes after heading system turn on before performing a TCAS test. It can take up to 3 minutes for a heading system to stabilize and become valid. Furthermore, heading validity is not required for TCAS validity. Therefore, the HDG lamp can be on without a TCAS FAIL. HEADING FAIL does not invoke a TCAS FAIL. f. g. Perform an operational test on the heading system. If an EFIS display is being used as a TCAS display facility, perform an operational test of the EFIS.

NOTE
The brief period at the beginning of the test when all lamps are lit is a lamp test period. This ensures that the lamps are capable of displaying a fault condition if one exists. If any lamp fails to light during this period, the TTR-920/TVI-921 must be removed from the aircraft and returned to a maintenance facility for repair. h. i. j. On the front panel of the TTR-920/TVI-921 TCAS II Transmitter-Receiver, push the TEST pushbutton. Ensure that all lamps on the front panel of the TTR-920/TVI-921 are lit for approximately 1 second, then turn off. Following this, ensure that the TTR PASS lamp illuminates briefly and all of the other lamps are off. Ensure that electrical power is applied to all systems, especially the altitude sources, audio system, transponder, navigation system, and the TCAS.

NOTE
Recognize that a test failure may suggest the need to switch to the opposite side in order to gain additional insight into the nature of the failure. k. Where dual systems are available, select the no 1 or L (left side) system; i.e., transponder, altitude sources, audio, navigation, and communications.

5.3.3 TCAS System Self-Test

NOTE
The TCAS self-test normally takes about 8 seconds to complete. a. b. Initiate a TCAS self-test by pushing the TEST pushbutton on the TCAS control or the TCAS display, or any other remote TCAS self-test button. Verify the correct TCAS self-test display as follows: (1) TEST is annunciated (2) The test intruder set of traffic symbols listed below are shown: (a) An RA symbol (solid red square) at 2 nmi, at 200 feet relative altitude, above (+02), with no VS arrow, at a relative bearing of +90 (b) A TA symbol (solid yellow circle) at 2 nmi, at 200 feet relative altitude, below (-02), with ascending arrow, at a relative bearing of -90 (c) A PT symbol (solid cyan or white diamond) at 3.625 nmi, at 1000 feet relative altitude, below (-10), with descending arrow, at a relative bearing of +33.75 (d) An OT symbol (open cyan or white diamond) at 3.625 nmi, at 1000 feet relative altitude, above (+10), with no arrow, at a relative bearing of -33.75. (3) If the aircraft is equipped with remote RA and/or TA annunciators, verify that both are illuminated during the test and extinguish when it is completed. (4) After the test is completed, "TCAS System Test OK" is annunciated in the audio system. If the aircraft is equipped with dual Mode S transponders, select the side 2 (or R) transponder. Repeat Step a and Step b. Reselect transponder system no 1 (or L). May 19, 2005

c. d. e. 5-2

maintenance

5230775833

f.

Determine if the aircraft is performance limited for TCAS operation. If so, configure the aircraft so that none of those limits are active.

5.3.4 Extended TCAS Self-Test (-1XX/3XX/4XX TVI units only) a. Initiate an Extended TCAS self-test by pushing the TEST pushbutton on the TCAS control or the TCAS display, or any other remote TCAS self-test button for 10 seconds. b. Verify the correct Extended TCAS self-test display as follows: (1) The TEST annunciation is removed (2) Traffic display is inhibited and VSI/RA remains enabled (3) Own aircraft and range ring are removed (4) TCAS unreliable flag is annunciated. The center of the TCAS display will show the status of the TTR-920/TVI-921 front panel LEDs. The VS pointer will display in front of the messages. A maximum of 10 message blocks can be displayed as described below: (1) The top message block always displays the software part number of the TCAS computer. (2) The 2nd through 10th message blocks can display the messages shown in Table5-1. (3) If more than nine messages are annunciated, message blocks 2-9 will show the eight highest priority messages as shown above. The 10th block will display -MORE-. Table 5-1. Message Descriptions MESSAGE DISPLAYED TCAS PROC XPDR NO 1 XPDR NO 2 UPPER ANT LOWER ANT RA NO 1 RA NO 2 TA NO 1 TA NO 2 RALT NO 1 RALT NO 2 MAG HDG ATTITUDE CFDIU 5.3.5 Test Scenarios 5.3.5.1 Introduction The instructions in this paragraph use the TCAS test set to simulate certain flight scenarios. It is worth noting that the mechanism used here has the TCAS equipped aircraft situated at some altitude, by means of altimeter test equipment, but is otherwise assumed stationary in space. The activity of the intruder aircraft is simulated by the TCAS test set. However, that activity amounts to the combined (relative) horizontal and vertical movement of both aircraft in an actual flight situation. For example, assume an actual flight situation in which a TCAS equipped aircraft and an intruder are approaching one another at the same altitude. The speed of both aircraft is 200 mph. Thus, the relative approach speed is 400 mph. This situation can be simulated by giving the intruder a speed of 400 mph. Figure 5-1 shows the parameters involved in the flight scenarios. TCAS Computer fail #1 Transponder inactive or fail #2 Transponder inactive or fail Upper Antenna fail Lower Antenna fail #1 Resolution Advisory Display System fail #2 Resolution Advisory Display System fail #1 Traffic Advisory Display System fail #2 Traffic Advisory Display System fail Radio Altimeter Input #1 inactive Radio Altimeter Input #2 inactive Magnetic Heading Input inactive Attitude Input inactive Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit Input Bus inactive DESCRIPTION

c.

May 19, 2005

5-3

maintenance

5230775833

Figure 5-1. Flight Scenario Parameters The altitude of the TCAS aircraft is simulated by means of radio and barometric altimeter system test equipment. The TCAS test set allows entry of intruder simulated altitude and vertical speed. A change in relative vertical speed can be simulated by changing the intruder vertical speed while the test is running. You should be familiar with the operation of the TCAS test set you are using. This procedure does not give detailed instructions on test set operation although the IFR TCAS-201 is obviously favored because it is the test set that was used in developing these procedures. If you are using a different model, the procedures may require some adaptation. The following is a listing of the parameters that are selected for the scenarios: a. TCAS Aircraft Altitude (A) - The radio and barometric altimeter system is stimulated to the selected test altitude. b. c. Intruder Aircraft Altitude (IA) - This value is used in calculating the vertical speed of the intruder, which is a factor that must be entered into the TCAS test set. Intruder Range (IR) in nmi - Select the 12 nmi TCAS display range. Selecting a range more than 12 nmi places the intruder symbol outside the TCAS display range. Selecting 15 nmi allows you to watch the intruder symbol enter the display. IR is used in calculating the closure rate. Test Time (T) - The key factor in selecting the test time is a factor known as TAU. In regulatory documents, TAU is defined as the time from advisory alert to CPA. The value depends on aircraft altitude and the vertical separation at CPA. You should select the test time slightly greater than the TAU applicable to the type of advisory you are simulating. Table 5-2 shows the TAU values applicable to a given advisory situation and TCAS equipped aircraft altitude. From the two values, IR and T, you can now calculate the closure rate. Use the following formula to calculate RT: RT = IR x 3600 /T. Where: IR is intruder aircraft range in nmi 3600 is the factor to convert from hours to seconds T is TAU plus a few seconds for you to watch the advisory develop on the display. For example, if you are working alone, you might want to add sufficient time for you to move from the test set location to the cockpit. In this way, you can be watching the display when the advisory time TAU is reached. 5-4 May 19, 2005

d.

maintenance

5230775833

Table 5-2. TAU Values ALTITUDE TYPE Radar altitude 0 to 500 ft agl 1,000 to 2,350 ft agl 0 to 5,000 ft msl 5,000 ft to 10,000 ft msl Pressure altitude 10,000 ft to 20,000 ft msl 20,000 ft to 30,000 ft msl (see Note 3) 30,000 ft msl and above (see Note 3) ALTITUDE TAU VALUES TA 20 25 30 40 45 48 48 RA NA 15 20 25 30 35 35

NOTE
1. TAU values are in seconds to CPA (Closest Point of Approach). 2. TA = Traffic Advisory, RA = Resolution Advisory, and msl = mean sea level. 3. Version 7.0 software changes the 30,000 ft msl values to 42,000 ft msl. e. Vertical Separation (SEP) at CPA - You will select this value according to the type of advisory you wish to simulate. SEP should be seen as the difference in altitude between the TCAS aircraft and the intruder at CPA. The following table shows the maximum SEP for a given type of advisory. It is best to avoid using the end-point values shown in the table. The results may be unpredictable if you select values that situate the scenario precisely on a crossover point. For example, if you set the TCAS aircraft (A) at 10000 feet and select values that produce a SEP of 750 feet at CPA, it is difficult to predict whether you will see a PRA or a TA display. Given the desired vertical separation (SEP), test time (T), and altitudes of both aircraft (IA for intruder and A for TCAS aircraft), you can now calculate the needed vertical speed for the intruder aircraft. Use the following formula to calculate VS (in ft/min) at CPA: VS = (A - IA + SEP) x 60 / T Where: A = The TCAS aircraft altitude in feet (at the start of the test) IA = The intruder aircraft altitude in feet (at the start of the test) SEP = The desired separation of the two aircraft in feet at the end of the test (CPA) 60 = The factor to convert time from seconds to minutes for ft/min T = The run time in seconds from start of test to CPA (end of test). The quantity in parenthesis can result in a positive or negative number. Recognize that SEP is negative if the intruder is intended to be below the TCAS aircraft. If the result of A - IA + SEP is positive, the vertical speed is ascending; if negative, it is descending. For example, with a scenario as follows: The TCAS aircraft is at 20,000 ft The Intruder is at 20,500 ft (intruder above own aircraft) CPA SEP at -800 ft (intruder below) [(20,000 - 20,500) + (-800)] = (-500) + (-800) = -1,300.

This example requires that the intruder descend through 1,300 feet of altitude.

May 19, 2005

5-5

maintenance

5230775833

Table 5-3. Protected Airspace PROTECTED AIRSPACE (HORIZONTAL) TA Radar Altitude Pressure Altitude 0 to 1,000 ft agl 1,000 to 2,350 ft agl 0 to 5,000 ft msl 5,000 to 10,000 ft msl 10,000 to 20,000 ft msl 20,000 to 30,000 ft msl (See Note 3) 30,000 ft and above (See Note 3) NA 0.20 0.35 0.55 0.80 1.10 1.10 850 850 850 850 850 850 1200 PROTECTED AIRSPACE (VERTICAL) PRA NA 600 600 600 600 700 800 CRA NA 300 300 400 400 600 700

ALTITUDE TYPE

ALTITUDE VALUE

NOTE
1. Protected Airspace Volume: Horizontal (nautical miles) and Vertical (projected at CPA). 2. TA = Traffic Advisory, RA = Resolution Advisory, PRA = Preventive RA, and CRA = Corrective RA. 3. Version 7.0 software changes the 30,000 ft values to 42,000 ft. 5.3.5.2 Equipment Preparation

NOTE
In this context, preparing the test equipment should be seen as performing the necessary self-tests (if any), making the necessary connections, and situating the equipment as required for executing the test scenarios. Follow the instructions supplied with the test equipment. a. Prepare the TCAS test set, a pitot-static ramp tester, and a radio altimeter ramp tester for the following tests.

NOTE
It is possible that most TCAS installations use the WOW-automatic standby feature. This feature is invoked by applying a ground to TTR-920/TVI-921 rear connector pin RBP-7E. If this is true in the installation you are testing, you will need to defeat the WOE feature at RMP-5K to allow operation of the system. In addition, it will also require some altitude simulation, radio and barometric. If radio altitude is introduced while the WOW-standby feature is on, the TCAS will give a RAD ALT fault. b. Prepare the aircraft to simulate an in-flight condition. This can include: (1) Defeating the strut switch automatic standby feature (2) Trimming the flaps if necessary (in some installations, extended flaps can inhibit certain performance factors) (3) Application of electrical power. Set the TCAS control to the STBY (standby) position. For radio altitude simulation, use one of the following methods: (1) Inject a dc voltage equivalent to the desired radio altitude (0 to 2,500 feet) (2) Use a radio altimeter ramp tester like the 980N-1 Radio Altimeter Ramp Tester (3) Use signal absorbent material on the transmitting radio altimeter antenna if it is necessary to test for altitude operation above 2,500 feet.

c.

5-6

May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

NOTE
For barometric altitude simulation, use a barometric system tester like the 970D-2 or 970D-2A Air Data Ramp Tester. Installations using the ADC-80, ADC-81, or ADC-82 Air Data Computer can use either the 970D-2 or 970D-2A Air Data Ramp Tester for barometric altitude simulation. Installations using the ADC-85, ADC-86, or ADC-850 Air Data Computer must use the 970D-2A Air Data Ramp Tester. If Gillham code altitude reporting is used, the left and right side altimeters should be stimulated simultaneously. d. e. f. g. If the TCAS system has an altitude volume selector switch (ABOVE-N-BELOW), select N (normal). If the TCAS system has an altitude reference selector switch (REL-ABS), select REL (relative). Verify that the TCAS display shows no RA (resolution advisory), TA (traffic advisory), or PT (proximity traffic) symbols. Verify that the TCAS display shows that the TCAS system is in standby mode.

NOTE
Some TCAS controls may instead have a position labeled AUTO. If so use it in place of TA/RA. h. i. Select TA/RA mode on the TCAS control. Verify that the TCAS display shows the aircraft symbol, surrounded by the 2-nmi range ring.

NOTE
If airborne aircraft are in the vicinity (i.e., within approximately 12 nmi), the display may show an other traffic (OT) or PT symbol. j. 5.3.5.3 Verify that the TCAS display is set for full-time traffic display. If not, select traffic mode. Test Scenarios. Refer to Figure 5-12 for Test Scenario setup.

This paragraph provides the test scenarios. If you are using the IFR TCAS-201 Test Set, it is suggested that you pre-program the unit for the desired scenarios. It can store up to nine scenarios. This can save time on the flight line. In all test scenarios, the bearing to the intruder symbol on the TCAS display will always be in the direction of the test set with respect to the aircraft. That is, if you situate the test set off the right wing, all intruder symbols will appear at, or very near, the 3:00 oclock position on the TCAS display. This correctly suggests that a bearing test can be as simple as moving the test set around the aircraft. Accurately located azimuth marks on the tarmac, as shown in Figure 5-12, can be used to make a bearing test. Be aware, however, that objects like buildings or other aircraft nearby can cause multipath signal conditions and may cause the symbol to drift in azimuth and give false bearing indications. 5.3.5.3.1 Scenario 1a - Mid-altitude Traffic Encounter This test is intended to simulate a corrective RA situation. The TCAS (own) aircraft is set to 12,000 feet in altitude. In reality this can be any altitude at which the own aircraft is free to climb or descend. In this scenario the intruder is placed below the own aircraft to induce a CLIMB RA command. a. Set the aircraft simulated altitude to 12,010 feet and the radio altimeter to the maximum setting. b. c. Push the SCEN key to enter the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen. Use the SELECT keys to select the ITEM and VALUE, then the SLEW keys to change the VALUE as shown below: d. RANGE: 15.00 nm RATE (RANGE): +720 kt ALT: 11 900 ft RATE (ALT): 0 fpm.

Make sure that the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen appears as shown in Figure 5-2.

May 19, 2005

5-7

maintenance

5230775833

Figure 5-2. Scenario 1a Setup Screen e. f. Push the RUN/STOP key to start the scenario. Monitor the TCAS display and audio system for the correct presentation as shown in Table 5-4: Table 5-4. Scenario 1a Results DISPLAY RANGE (APPROX) 12 nmi 9 nmi 5.5 nmi [6.0 nmi] DISPLAY OT symbol TA symbol RA symbol AUDIO None TRAFFIC TRAFFIC CLIMB CLIMB CLIMB [CLIMB CLIMB]

NOTE
Values shown in brackets [ ] indicate changes due to TCAS Change 7.0 software. 5.3.5.3.2 Scenario 1b This test is intended to simulate a corrective RA situation. The TCAS (own) aircraft is set to 12,000 feet in altitude. In reality this can be any altitude at which the own aircraft is free to climb or descend. In this scenario the intruder is placed above the own aircraft to induce a DESCEND RA command. a. Set the aircraft simulated altitude to 11,990 feet. b. c. Push the SCEN key to enter the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen. Use the SELECT keys to select the ITEM and VALUE, then the SLEW keys to change the VALUE as shown below: d. RANGE: 15.00 nm RATE (RANGE): +720 kt ALT: 12 100 ft RATE (ALT): 0 fpm.

Make sure that the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen appears as shown in Figure 5-3.

Figure 5-3. Scenario 1b Setup Screen e. f. Push the RUN/STOP key to start the scenario. Monitor the TCAS display and audio system for the correct presentation as shown in Table 5-5.

5-8

May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

Table 5-5. Scenario 1b Results DISPLAY RANGE (APPROX) 12 nmi 9 nmi 5.5 nmi [6.0 nmi] DISPLAY OT symbol TA symbol RA symbol AUDIO None TRAFFIC TRAFFIC DESCEND DESCEND DESCEND [DESCEND DESCEND]

NOTE
1. Values shown in brackets [ ] indicate changes due to TCAS Change 7.0 software. 2. There may be a slight (approximately 1 second) delay between the symbol display and aural advisory. 5.3.5.3.3 Scenario 2a This test is intended to ensure that the maximum altitude straps are intact and properly detected by the TCAS.

NOTE
The aircraft strapped altitude is documented at aircraft certification and may be different than the aircraft service ceiling. Consult the aircraft data for the applicable altitude. a. b. c. Set the aircraft simulated altitude to 50 10 feet below the aircraft strapped altitude. Push the SCEN key to enter the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen. Use the SELECT keys to select the ITEM and VALUE, then the SLEW keys to change the VALUE as shown below: d. RANGE: 15.00 nm RATE (RANGE): +720 kt ALT: (See Note 3) RATE (ALT): 0 fpm.

Make sure that the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen appears as shown in Figure 5-4.

Figure 5-4. Scenario 2a Setup Screen e. f. Push the RUN/STOP key to start the scenario. Monitor the TCAS display and audio system for the correct presentation as shown in Table 5-6. Table 5-6. Scenario 2a Results DISPLAY RANGE (APPROX) 12 nmi 9 nmi 5.5 nmi [6.0 nmi] DISPLAY OT symbol TA symbol RA symbol AUDIO None TRAFFIC TRAFFIC CLIMB CLIMB CLIMB [CLIMB CLIMB]

If TCAS strapping indicates the aircraft maximum altitude is between 10,000 and 20,000 feet:

If TCAS strapping indicates the aircraft maximum altitude is 20,000 feet or more: May 19, 2005 5-9

maintenance

5230775833

Table 5-6. Scenario 2a Results - Continued DISPLAY RANGE (APPROX) 12 nmi 9.6 nmi 6.5 nmi [7.0 nmi] DISPLAY OT symbol TA symbol RA symbol AUDIO None TRAFFIC TRAFFIC CLIMB CLIMB CLIMB [CLIMB CLIMB]

NOTE
1. Items shown in brackets [ ] indicate change due to TCAS Change 7.0 software. 2. The may be a slight (approximately 1 second) delay between symbol display and aural advisory. 3. Set the intruder altitude to 100 feet below own aircraft strapped altitude. 5.3.5.3.4 Scenario 2b This test is intended to ensure that the maximum altitude straps are intact and properly detected by the TCAS.

NOTE
The aircraft strapped altitude is documented at aircraft certification and may be different than the aircraft service ceiling. Consult the aircraft data for the applicable altitude. a. b. c. Set the aircraft simulated altitude to 50 10 feet below the aircraft strapped altitude. Push the SCEN key to enter the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen. Use the SELECT keys to select the ITEM and VALUE, then the SLEW keys to change the VALUE as shown below: d. RANGE: 15.00 nm RATE (RANGE): +720 kt ALT: (See Note 3 ) RATE (ALT): 0 fpm.

Make sure that the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen appears as shown in Figure 5-5.

Figure 5-5. Scenario 2b Setup Screen e. f. Push the RUN/STOP key to start the scenario. Monitor the TCAS display and audio system for the correct presentation as shown in Table 5-7. Table 5-7. Scenario 2b Results DISPLAY RANGE (APPROX) 12 nmi 9 nmi 5.5 nmi [6.0 nmi] 5-10 DISPLAY OT symbol TA symbol RA symbol AUDIO None TRAFFIC TRAFFIC DESCEND DESCEND DESCEND [DESCEND DESCEND] May 19, 2005

If TCAS strapping indicates the aircraft maximum altitude is between 10,000 and 20,000 feet:

maintenance

5230775833

Table 5-7. Scenario 2b Results - Continued DISPLAY RANGE (APPROX) 12 nmi 9 nmi 6.5 nmi [7.0 nmi] DISPLAY OT symbol TA symbol RA symbol AUDIO None TRAFFIC TRAFFIC DESCEND DESCEND DESCEND [DESCEND DESCEND]

If TCAS strapping indicates the aircraft maximum altitude is 20,000 feet or more:

NOTE
1. Items shown in brackets [ ] indicate change due to TCAS Change 7.0 software. 2. There may be a slight (approximately 1 second) delay between symbol display and aural advisory. 3. Set the intruder aircraft altitude to the own aircraft ceiling altitude. 5.3.5.3.5 Scenario 3a This test is intended to ensure that the TCAS properly recognizes the climb inhibit strapping. In this test both inhibits are disabled, so the test ensures that both commands CLIMB and INCREASE CLIMB are issued. a. Set the aircraft simulated altitude to 11,990 feet. b. c. d. Make sure that all aircraft climb inhibits are disabled. Push the SCEN key to enter the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen. Use the SELECT keys to select the ITEM and VALUE, then use the SLEW keys to change the VALUE as shown below: e. RANGE: 15.00 nm RATE (RANGE): +720 kt ALT: 11 500 ft RATE (ALT): 0 fpm.

Make sure that the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen appears as shown in Figure 5-6.

Figure 5-6. Scenario 3a Setup Screen f. g. Push the RUN/STOP key to start the scenario. After the test has begun, select RATE (ALT) and set to +500 fpm when the intruder reaches 9.5 nautical miles. Monitor the TCAS display and audio system for the correct presentation as shown in Table 5-8. Table 5-8. Scenario 3a Results DISPLAY RANGE (APPROX) 12 nmi 8 nmi 5.5 nmi [6.0 nmi] DISPLAY OT symbol TA symbol RA symbol None TRAFFIC CLIMB CLIMB CLIMB [CLIMB CLIMB] AUDIO

May 19, 2005

5-11

maintenance

5230775833

Table 5-8. Scenario 3a Results - Continued DISPLAY RANGE (APPROX) 1.0 nmi [1.3 nmi] DISPLAY RA symbol AUDIO INCREASE CLIMB INCREASE CLIMB

NOTE
1. Values shown in brackets [ ] indicates change due to TCAS Change 7.0 software. 2. The aircraft climb inhibit conditions are defined at aircraft certification. Consult aircraft data for proper configuration parameters. 3. There may be a slight (approximately 1 second) delay between symbol display and aural advisory. 5.3.5.3.6 Scenario 3b This test is also intended to ensure that the TCAS properly recognizes the climb inhibit strapping. In this test the 2500 feet-per-minute climb inhibit is tested. The 2500 feet-per-minute climb or descent rate is expected only when an increased climb or increased descent rate is needed. Generally this command results from a lack of, or insufficient response to earlier commands climb or descend. a. Set the aircraft simulated altitude to 11,990 feet. b. c. d. Configure the aircraft as needed to enable the 2500 foot-per-minute climb inhibit condition. Push the SCEN key to enter the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen. Use the SELECT keys to select the ITEM and VALUE, then the SLEW keys to change the VALUE as shown below: e. RANGE: 15.00 nm RATE (RANGE): +720 kt ALT: 11 500 ft RATE (ALT): 0 fpm.

Make sure that the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen appears as shown in Figure 5-7.

Figure 5-7. Scenario 3a Setup Screen f. g. Push the RUN/STOP key to start the scenario. After the test has begun, select RATE (ALT) and set to +500 fpm when the intruder reaches 9.5 nautical miles. Monitor the TCAS display and audio system for the correct presentation as shown inTable 5-9. Table 5-9. Scenario 3b Results DISPLAY RANGE (APPROX) 12 nmi 8 nmi 5.5 nmi [6.0 nmi] DISPLAY OT symbol TA symbol RA symbol None TRAFFIC TRAFFIC CLIMB CLIMB CLIMB [CLIMB CLIMB] Make sure that no increase climb advisory is issued. AUDIO

5-12

May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

5.3.5.3.7 Scenario 3c This test is also intended to ensure that the TCAS properly recognizes the climb inhibit strapping. In this test the 1500 fpm climb inhibit is tested. The 1500 fpm climb or descend rate is always the first expected as a result of a climb or descend command (i.e., from level flight). a. Set the aircraft simulated altitude to 11,990 feet. b. c. d. Configure the aircraft as needed to enable the 1500 foot-per-minute climb inhibit condition (Note 2). Push the SCEN key to enter the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen. Use the SELECT keys to select the ITEM and VALUE, then use the SLEW keys to change a VALUE as shown below: e. RANGE: 15.00 nm RATE (RANGE): +720 kt ALT: 11 500 ft RATE (ALT): 0 fpm.

Make sure that the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen appears as shown in Figure 5-8.

Figure 5-8. Scenario 3a Setup Screen f. g. Push the RUN/STOP key to start the scenario. After the test has begun, select RATE (ALT) and set to +500 fpm when the intruder reaches 9.5 nautical miles. Monitor the TCAS display and audio system for the correct presentation as shown in Table 5-10 (Note 3). Table 5-10. Scenario 3c Results DISPLAY RANGE (APPROX) 12 nmi 8 nmi DISPLAY OT symbol TA symbol RA symbol None TRAFFIC TRAFFIC Make sure that no climb advisory is issued Make sure that no increase climb advisory is issued AUDIO

NOTE
1. Aircraft climb inhibit conditions are defined at aircraft certification. Consult the aircraft data for proper configuration parameters. 2. There may be a slight (approximately 1 second) delay between symbol display and aural advisory. 5.3.5.3.8 Scenario 4a - Low Altitude Test This test is intended primarily as a verification of proper altitude scaling when using the ALT-55 Radio Altimeter System; i.e., when RBP-9H is grounded. In other systems it verifies that the TCAS properly recognizes this low altitude threshold. a. Set the aircraft simulated altitude to 1,500 [1,700] feet agl and 1,390 feet baro. b. c. Push the SCEN key to enter the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen. Use the SELECT keys to select the ITEM and VALUE, then the SLEW key to change a VALUE as shown below: d. RANGE: 15.00 nm RATE (RANGE): +720 kt ALT: 1600 ft RATE (RANGE): 0 fpm.

Make sure that the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen appears as shown in Figure 5-9. 5-13

May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

Figure 5-9. Scenario 4a Setup Screen e. f. Push the RUN/STOP key to start the scenario. After the test has begun, select ALT RATE and set to -1500 fpm when intruder reaches 2.5 nmi [select ALT RATE and set to -500 fpm when intruder reaches 2.5 nmi] (See Note 2). Monitor the TCAS display and audio system for the correct presentation as shown in Table 5-11. Table 5-11. Scenario 4a Results DISPLAY RANGE (APPROX) 12 nmi 5 nmi 2.5 nmi [3.0 nmi] DISPLAY OT symbol TA symbol RA symbol RA symbol None TRAFFIC TRAFFIC DESCEND DESCEND DESCEND [DESCEND DESCEND] INCREASE DESCENT INCREASE DESCENT AUDIO

NOTE
1. Items shown in brackets [ ] indicate change due to TCAS Change 7.0 software. 2. Too fast will get a climb alert and too slow will not get an increase descent alert. 3. There may be a slight (approximately 1 second) delay between symbol display and aural advisory. 5.3.5.3.9 Scenario 4b - Low Altitude Test This test is intended to make sure that the TCAS does not issue an INCREASE DESCENT command for altitudes below 1,000 feet. a. Set the aircraft simulated altitude to 1400 feet agl and 1390 feet baro. b. c. Push the SCEN key to enter the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen. Use the SELECT keys to select the ITEM and VALUE, then the SLEW keys to change the VALUE as shown below: d. RANGE: 15.00 RATE (RANGE): +720 ALT: 1600 RATE (ALT): 0.

Make sure that the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen appears as shown in Figure 5-10.

Figure 5-10. Scenario 4b Setup Screen e. f. 5-14 Push the RUN/STOP key to start the scenario. After the test has begun, select ALT RATE and set to -1500 fpm when intruder reaches 2.5 nmi [select ALT RATE and set to -500 fpm when intruder reaches 5.0 nmi] (Note 2). Monitor the TCAS display and audio system for the correct presentation as shown in Table 5-12. May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

Table 5-12. Scenario 4b Results DISPLAY RANGE (APPROX) 12 nmi 5 nmi 2.5 nmi [3.0 nmi] DISPLAY OT symbol TA symbol RA symbol None TRAFFIC TRAFFIC DESCEND DESCEND DESCEND [DESCEND DESCEND] Make sure that no increase descent advisory is issued. AUDIO

NOTE
1. Values shown in brackets [ ] indicate change due to TCAS Change 7.0 software. 2. Too fast will get a climb alert and too slow will not get an increase descent alert. 3. There may be a slight (approximately 1 second) delay between symbol display and aural advisory. 5.3.5.3.10 Scenario 4c - Low Altitude Test This test is intended to make sure that the TCAS does not issue any RA advisories below 1,000 feet. a. Set the aircraft simulated altitude to 850 ft agl and 1,390 ft baro. b. c. d. Make sure that the aircraft TCAS display mode field shows a TA ONLY annunciation. Push the SCEN key to enter the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen. Use the SELECT keys to select the ITEM and VALUE, then the SLEW key to change the VALUE as shown below: e. RANGE: 15.00 RATE (RANGE): +720 ALT: 1600 RATE (ALT): 0

Make sure that the SCENARIO TEST - SETUP screen appears as shown in Figure 5-11.

Figure 5-11. Scenario 4c Setup Screen f. g. Push the RUN/STOP key to start the scenario. After the test has begun, select ALT RATE and set to -1500 fpm when intruder reaches 2.5 nmi [select ALT RATE and set to -500 fpm when intruder reaches 5.0 nmi] (Note 2). Monitor the TCAS display and audio system for the correct presentation as shown in Table 5-13 (Note 3). Table 5-13. Scenario 4c Results DISPLAY RANGE (APPROX) 12 nmi DISPLAY OT symbol None AUDIO

May 19, 2005

5-15

maintenance

5230775833

Table 5-13. Scenario 4c Results - Continued DISPLAY RANGE (APPROX) 4 nmi DISPLAY TA symbol AUDIO No aural advisory issued [TRAFFIC TRAFFIC]

NOTE
1. Values shown in brackets [ ] indicate change due to Change 7.0 software. 2. Too fast will get a climb alert and too slow will not get an increase descent alert. 3. There may be a slight (approximately 1 second) delay between symbol display and aural advisory.

Figure 5-12. Bearing Test, Aircraft and TCAS Test Set Orientation 5.3.6 System Failure Tests a. Set aircraft simulated altitude at 2,000 feet (both radio and barometric altimeters) and simulate WOW in air. b. c. d. Select TA/RA or AUTO and verify normal TCAS operation. Simulate a heading system failure by opening the active heading system circuit breaker. Verify that the TCAS system does not show TCAS OFF or STBY. Also verify that the HDNG LED on the TTR front panel is illuminated or HDNG FAIL is annunciated in an external test message.

NOTE
Allow about 3 minutes after heading system turn on. It can take up to 3 minutes for a heading system to stabilize and become valid. During this time the TCAS may show a HDG FAIL and the HDG lamp can be on without a TCAS FAIL. HEADING FAIL does not invoke a TCAS FAIL. e. f. g. 5-16 Close the heading system circuit breaker. Verify that the TCAS system does not show TCAS OFF or STBY. Verify single radio altimeter system operation: May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

(1) Simulate a single radio altimeter system failure by opening the radio altimeter circuit breaker. Verify that TCAS FAIL is annunciated. (2) Reset radio altimeter circuit breaker. Verify that TCAS returns to normal operation. h. Verify dual radio altimeter system operation: (1) Simulate a dual radio altimeter system failure by opening both radio altimeter circuit breakers. Verify that TCAS FAIL is annunciated. (2) Reset #1 radio altimeter circuit breaker. Verify that TCAS returns to normal operation. (3) Open #1 radio altimeter circuit breaker. Verify that TCAS FAIL is annunciated. (4) Reset #2 radio altimeter circuit breaker. Verify that TCAS returns to normal operation. (5) Reset #1 radio altimeter circuit breaker. Verify single encoded altitude source operation: (1) Select single altitude source. Verify that TCAS is in normal operation. (2) Open altitude source circuit breaker. Verify that TCAS FAIL is annunciated. (3) Reset altitude source circuit breaker. Verify that TCAS returns to normal operation. Verify dual encoded altitude source operation: (1) Select #1 altitude source. Verify that TCAS is in normal operation. (2) Open #1 altitude source circuit breaker. Verify that TCAS FAIL is annunciated. (3) Reset #1 altitude source circuit breaker. Verify that TCAS returns to normal operation. (4) Select #2 altitude source. Verify that TCAS is in normal operation. (5) Open #2 altitude source circuit breaker. Verify that TCAS FAIL is annunciated. (6) Reset #2 altitude source circuit breaker. Verify that TCAS returns to normal operation. (7) Select altitude source to OFF. (8) Verify that TCAS annunciates TCAS OFF. (9) Select altitude source to ON and #1 altitude source. For installations that use Gillham format (ARINC 572) encoded altitude sources, verify that the dual-Gillham comparator is functional: (1) Using an appropriate pitot-static ramp tester, increase the altitude of one of the altimeters to at least 600 feet above the altitude of the other altimeter. (2) Verify that the TCAS display indicates either TCAS OFF or displays the TCAS FAIL flag. (3) Reduce the test altitude so that both altimeters display the same altitude. (4) Verify that the TCAS system returns to normal operation.

i.

j.

k.

5.3.7 Diagnostic Data Word Label 350 If the installation is equipped with an MFD-85C, it is possible to examine the Label 350 diagnostic word by selecting the TFC display mode and then pushing the CLR and third line key simultaneously. The information displayed is similar to, but in greater detail than, that displayed by the lamps on the front of the TTR-920/TTR-921. It shows a list of the TCAS related systems monitored during the most recent self-test routine. It is possible that certain failures detected during one self-test sequence and shown on this display as failed may clear subsequently and may not be displayed as failed following a later self-test. Therefore, it is good practice to perform a self-test to confirm any failed indication. The display should appear similar to: TCAS VALID RA2 DISPLAY PASS RA1 DISPLAY PASS TA2 DISPLAY PASS TA1 DISPLAY PASS TCAS SYSTEM PASS HEADING PASS ATTITUDE PASS ATC2 PASS ATC1 PASS RADIO ALT2 PASS RADIO ALT1 PASS LOWER ANT PASS UPPER ANT PASS COMPUTER PASS Release the CLR and third line key to exit the diagnostic display page. May 19, 2005 5-17

maintenance

5230775833

If the installation does not include an MFD-85C, this diagnostic word can be examined using a data bus reader. The word is described in Table 5-16. 5.4 FLIGHT LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 5.4.1 General The procedures in this paragraph are intended to aid in isolating a verified failure to a defective LRU. The built-in test equipment, present in the TCAS-94 system, as well as the companion Mode S transponder system, provide a high degree of diagnostic visibility on the flight line. Nevertheless, failures can occur which are detectable only on the bench using very sophisticated diagnostic equipment. 5.4.2 Equipment Required The flight line procedures require the use of a TCAS test set and an ARINC 429 data bus analyzer. The IFR TCAS-201 and the Atlantic Instruments DATATRAC 400H are such a test set and data bus analyzer, respectively. Both were used in developing and proving these procedures. You should feel free to use any test set or data bus analyzer commercially available provided they carry applicable regulatory agency approval, like an FCC type acceptance in the USA, and are properly maintained. 5.4.3 Equipment Setup a. If the pilot complaint suggests a system problem related to bearing accuracy, it may be necessary to locate the aircraft outdoors and away from other aircraft and buildings. Otherwise, these procedures can be performed inside the hangar unless the conditions inside the hangar make reception of test signals unreliable. b. c. d. e. Locate the TCAS test set according to the instructions supplied with the test set. Be sure that electrical power is applied to all the aircraft systems required for TCAS operation. Defeat any TCAS system ground operation controls that may be present in the installation under test. This includes the WOW-automatic standby and landing gear and flaps extended switching features. Perform the test set self-test procedure to be sure that the set is operating properly.

5.4.4 TCAS Test Procedures

NOTE
The -2XX models display diAG in the lower window whenever the transponder diagnostic data word (Label F3) is set. When self-test is initiated in this case, the diAG shifts to the upper window while a 2-digit fault code is displayed in the lower window, indicating the fault which was detected in the transponder. The transponder should be removed for maintenance. a. If the installation is equipped with a CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E and CTL-92T, initiate a self-test first on the CTL92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E. Initially, the control executes a lamp test series in which all lamp segments are energized and modulated between dim and bright at about 1 Hz. Watch the display carefully to be sure that all segments are active. If one or more segments do not operate, the control should be removed for repair. Following this, you should see one of the three displays that follow: Table 5-14. CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E Display Window CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E DISPLAY WINDOW UPPER AL ATC code diAG Blank (if altitude is not available) or Diagnostic code XX (Note 2) LOWER Altitude in feet (if altitude is available) (Note 1) or

NOTE
1. Altitude display is the altitude divided by 1000 to the nearest 100 feet (i.e., 15670 feet is displayed as 15.7). 2. Refer to Table 5-16 for a listing of TDR-94/TDR-94D diagnostic codes and definitions.

5-18

May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

b.

Following completion of the CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E self-test, initiate a self-test on the CTL-92T. The self-test display here should be the same as on the CTL-92/CTL-92A/CTL-92E except that any 0X fault codes displayed apply to the CTL-92T. If the installation is equipped with a TTC-920G TCAS and Transponder Control, initiate a self-test on this unit by pushing the TEST pushbutton on the front panel. Verify that the FAIL lamp does not light and the LCD shows 8888. If the installation is equipped with a TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, initiate a self-test on it by pushing the optional remote VSI self-test button. You should see a display similar to that shown in Figure 5-13. This display remains in view until the test button is released or 8 seconds has elapsed; whichever comes first. The characters are normally displayed in white with a white border. The Collins part number shown below SOFTWARE VERSION may be different from that shown on the drawing. If this is true, it indicates that you have a later version of software. The BITE indication should indicate either PASS or FAIL. PASS is displayed in white characters. FAIL is displayed in red characters. This is the result of an internal RAM, ROM, and ALU test within the TVI-920/TVI-920D and not the TTR-920/TVI-921. The CONFIG. STRAPS listing shows the configuration strapping as it exists. These apply to specific rear connector pins and functions as follows: Table 5-15. TVI-920/TVI-920D Configuration Straps

c. d.

PIN P1-31 P1-32 P1-33 P1-34 P1-17 P1-35 P1-36 P1-37 P1-38

CONFIG STRAP CS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Dim select Mode

FUNCTION (-0XX/-2XX)

FUNCTION (-3XX/-4XX)

VS data and source select

VS data and source select

A/B, Mode pushbutton sel Mode Display control

Display control

A "1" below a CS number indicates an open on that pin. A "0" indicates a jumper to gnd. Refer to Table TBD for details on the configuration straps except for mode (CS 4, pin 35). This function is used only in bench maintenance to gain access to BITE. In the aircraft, CS 4 should always indicate a "1."

NOTE
The TCAS self-test normally takes about 8 seconds to complete. This self-test applies primarily to the TVI-920D VSI/TA/RA Indicator. If another type of TCAS display is used, the range ring may be at the 3-nmi range position. e. Initiate a TCAS self-test by pushing the TEST pushbutton on the TCAS control or any other remote TCAS self-test button. Verify the correct TCAS self-test display as follows: (1) Make sure that the aircraft symbol is surrounded by the 2-nmi range ring. (2) Make sure that TEST is shown.

May 19, 2005

5-19

maintenance

5230775833

Figure 5-13. TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator, Self-Test Display (3) The test intruder set of traffic symbols as shown on Figure 5-14 and described as follows: (a) An RA symbol (solid red square) at 2 nmi, at 200 feet relative altitude, above (+02), with no VS arrow, at a relative bearing of +90 (b) A TA symbol (solid yellow circle) at 2 nmi, at 200 feet relative altitude, below (02), with ascending arrow, at a relative bearing of -90 (c) A PT symbol (solid cyan or white diamond) at 3.625 nmi, at 1000 feet relative altitude, below (-10), with descending arrow, at a relative bearing of +33.75 (d) An OT symbol (open cyan or white diamond) at 3.625 nmi, at 1000 feet relative altitude, above (+10), with no arrow, at a relative bearing of -33.75 (4) If the aircraft is equipped with remote RA and/or TA annunciators, verify that they light during the test and extinguish when it is completed. (5) After the test is completed, "TCAS SYSTEM TEST OK" is annunciated in the audio system. (6) If the result is a TCAS FAIL annunciation, repeat self-test by pushing the TEST pushbutton on the front of the TTR-920/TVI-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver. The lamps on the front of the unit may provide an indication of the source of the failure. If the TCAS fail lamp remains on after the test sequence, be guided as described below: (a) FAIL lamp only remains on - Remove TTR-920/TVI-921 for bench maintenance. (b) FAIL lamp with X PNDR lamp lit - Check for possible transponder system failure or a failure in the data link between the TCAS and the transponder. (c) FAIL lamp with UPPER ANT or LOWER ANT lamp lit Check for a problem in the appropriate antenna or the cables between the TTR-920/TVI-921 and the affected antenna. (d) FAIL lamp with HDNG lamp lit - Troubleshoot the compass system and the interface between that system and the TCAS. (e) FAIL lamp with R/A or T/A lamp lit - This is most likely a failure within the TTR-920/TVI-921; remove the unit for bench testing and repair. (7) Alternatively, run the Extended TCAS System Test if a -1XX, -3XX, or -4XX status TVI-920/TVI-920D is installed in the system. Push the TEST pushbutton and hold it for 10 seconds. The TVI-920/TVI-920D (-1XX/3XX/-4XX status only) display will show the status of the TTR-920/TVI-921 front-panel LEDs. Refer back to the TCAS Test Procedures paragraph.

5-20

May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

NOTE
Normally display of RA traffic is inhibited when the aircraft is below 500 feet above ground level. However if you are simulating a higher altitude, one or more RA symbols may appear on the screen with an accompanying audio annunciation. f. If another airborne aircraft is in the vicinity and within the 12-nmi TCAS display range, the TCAS display may show a TA, OT, or PT symbol.

NOTE
When testing the bottom directional antenna, it is recommended that the top directional antenna be covered with an antenna attenuator cap (refer to Figure 5-36) or attenuation material to prevent interference with the testing of the bottom antenna. If the cap is used, tape its sides to the aircraft with adhesive copper-foil tape (speed-tape). This provides a good RF seal.

NOTE
You should be especially watchful for large and constant bearing errors. An occasional tendency to drift can be caused by signal reflections and should not be seen as an equipment failure. However if a quadrant seems to be consistently blind (that is, if the symbol shifts to an adjacent or opposite quadrant and remains there whenever the test set moves into a test quadrant), you should suspect a problem in the TCAS receivertransmitter phase detection circuits. You may be able to verify the condition by rotating the aircraft 90 and repeating the test. If the blind quadrant remains in the same position relative to the aircraft, you should suspect an equipment failure. If however the blind quadrant remains fixed in space, the condition is probably caused by signal reflections or other outside interference and may not be cause for equipment removal. g. If the pilot report indicates a possible TCAS bearing error, you can perform a bearing test as described here. This type of test, however, is best performed outdoors and well away from large buildings and other aircraft.

May 19, 2005

5-21

maintenance

5230775833

Figure 5-14. TCAS Self-Test, Intruder Symbol Display (1) When testing the top antenna, set the TCAS aircraft simulated altitude below 400 ft agl; this automatically disables Mode-C interrogations (Mode-S is still enabled) from the bottom antenna. Program the test set as follows: 5-22 May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

Altitude - Same as TCAS aircraft altitude Range - 10 nmi (This should produce a stationary PT symbol at 10-nmi range and at a relative bearing equivalent to the bearing to the test set) Time - 5 min (or however long you need to move the test set around the aircraft) VS - 0 Rate - 0. This should produce a stationary PT symbol at 10-nmi range and at a relative bearing equivalent to the bearing of the test set. (2) If a tarmac clock pattern (as shown in Figure 5-12) or a compass rose is conveniently available, use it as a reference in locating the test set. If not, position the TCAS test set at 90 intervals around the aircraft and verify that the displayed PT symbol bearing agrees reasonably well with the bearing to the test set. This process is best accomplished using two technicians, one to move the test set around the aircraft while the other watches the display. You should be able to watch the symbol move about the aircraft with no dropouts and no large excursions (more than 30) in bearing. Table 5-16. TDR-94/TDR-94D Diagnostic Codes PRIMARY CODE 00 10 11 12 13 20 21 22 23 24 30 31 32 40 41 42 43 44 50 51 52 53 60 61 62 May 19, 2005 SECONDARY CODE No fault found Power supply diagnostics +5 V dc +70 V dc +35 V dc Transmitter/modulator diagnostics Final stage, overcurrent Top antenna low-power output Bottom antenna low-power output Transmitter overtemperature Synthesizer diagnostics Synthesizer lock detect Synthesizer low-power Receiver/IF diagnostics Top receiver channel Bottom receiver channel Top DPSK demodulator Bottom DPSK demodulator Program memory (ROM) diagnostics High-byte ROM Low-byte ROM Both ROM chips Volatile memory (RAM) diagnostics High-byte RAM Low-byte RAM Note 1 Yes No No Note 2 Yes No No No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Note 1 Yes No No Note 2 Yes No No No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 5-23 DESCRIPTION DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY TI F/W

maintenance

5230775833

Table 5-16. TDR-94/TDR-94D Diagnostic Codes - Continued PRIMARY CODE SECONDARY CODE 63 64 65 66 67 68 70 80 81 82 83 84 85 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 99 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 C0 DESCRIPTION Both RAM chips Cache RAM Cache RAM and high-byte RAM Cache RAM and low-byte RAM Cache RAM and both RAM chips Dual port RAM Nonvolatile memory (NVRAM) diagnostics Serial input control bus diagnostics ARINC 429 control UART ARINC 429 control port A inactive ARINC 429 control port B inactive ARINC 429 control port C inactive CSDB control input port A inactive AIS/ADS UART failure (Note 8) GPS UART failure (Note 8) IRS UART failure (Note 8) Serial altitude input diagnostics ARINC 429/575 altitude UART ARINC 429/575 input port A inactive ARINC 429/575 input port B inactive CSDB altitude input port A inactive CSDB altitude input port B inactive No data received ADLP communications diagnostics ADLP comm A/B UART ADLP comm A/B bus inactive ADLP comm C/D UART ADLP comm C/D bus inactive TCAS communication diagnostics TCAS UART TCAS unit TCAS bus inactive TCAS protocol Squitter diagnostics DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY TI Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Note 4 Note 4 Note 4 Note 4 Note 4 Note 4 No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No F/W Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No Yes

5-24

May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

Table 5-16. TDR-94/TDR-94D Diagnostic Codes - Continued PRIMARY CODE SECONDARY CODE C1 C2 D0 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 F0 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9-FE DESCRIPTION Top channel squitter (TDR-94D only) Bottom channel squitter (TDR-94D only) Diversity diagnostic (TDR-94D only) Message processor diagnostics Top channel message processor, soft failure (TDR-94D only) Bottom channel message processor, soft failure Top channel message processor, hard failure Bottom channel message processor, hard failure Diagnostics Mode S discrete address changed TCAS selection changed Altitude units selection changed Max airspeed program selection changed Port selection changed SDI selection changed Single antenna selection changed ADLP selection changed Not assigned DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY TI No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No F/W Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No

May 19, 2005

5-25

maintenance

5230775833

Table 5-16. TDR-94/TDR-94D Diagnostic Codes - Continued PRIMARY CODE SECONDARY CODE FF DESCRIPTION Unacceptable Mode S address selected (all address lines identical) DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY TI Yes F/W Yes

NOTE
1. Transmitter is inhibited (TI) and failure warn (F/W1) output (P1-31) is set only if a diagnostic code 11 is detected. 2. Transmitter is inhibited and F/W1 discrete is set only if a diagnostic code 21 is detected. 3. Transmitter is inhibited and TDR-94/TDR-94D is set to standby only if all selected control inputs are nonfunctional. 4. Transmitter is inhibited and TDR-94/TDR-94D is set to standby only if the control bus failure is detected on the selected control bus. 5. Transmitter is inhibited and TDR-94/TDR-94D is set to standby only if serial control is selected and all serial ports are nonfunctional. 6. F/W set refers to: TDR-94/TDR-94D fault monitor discrete output (P1-31) set to high level, TDR-94/TDR-94D CSDB data word Label 1F, Byte 1, Bit 7 set to logic 0, and TDR-94/TDR-94D ARINC 429 SSM and other data bits related to diagnostics set to the appropriate fault level 1. Except for 00, 70, and D0; the primary diagnostics are not displayed. 7. Except for 00, 70, and D0: primary diagnostics are not displayed. 8. Applies to TDR-94D -004 and higher statuses only. h. If the pilot report describes a "tracking own aircraft TCAS error, then the transponder suppression interface should be examined for open/short circuits. The problem is evidenced by the display of an intruder aircraft on the traffic display at zero-range and own altitude (200 ft). The intruder stays at own altitude regardless of evasive vertical maneuver. The problem can also appear as a cluster of intruder targets appearing on the traffic display at own altitude and moving randomly around the traffic display. The suppression interface connects between each TDR-94D connector pin J1-29 and TTR-920/TTR-921 connector pins LBP-12 and LBP-13. A continuity check of the suppression interfaces will reveal any short-circuits. It is necessary to remove all units connected to the suppression interface including the TCAS computer, transponder, and DME units to perform the test. With reference to the aircraft interconnect, verify continuity (less than 1) to each contact in the interface. Verify an open (greater than 100 k) between the center conductor and the shield/barrel of the size 5 coaxial connector. Open conditions can also occur when the coaxial pin contact of the size 5 ARINC 600 coaxial connector of the aircraft mating connector is improperly positioned. The center conductor of the size 5 coaxial connector should be no more than 0.192 inch back from the aircraft mating connector leading edge. Sheet 1 of Figure 5-37 shows a depth gauge tool that can be used to determine if the center conductor is properly positioned in the size 5 coaxial connector on the TTR-920/TTR-921 mounting tray. Refer to Sheet 2 of Figure 5-37 and follow the procedure below to properly use the depth gauge: (1) Loosen the thumbscrew until the indicating shaft moves freely in the housing. (2) Grip the depth gauge housing in your fingers with your thumb positioned over the end of the indicating shaft opposite the base plate. (3) Position the base plate flush against the aircraft mating connector with the indicating shaft centered over the size 5 coaxial connector. The coaxial connector will not contact the base plate of the depth gauge. (4) Using your thumb, gently push down on the end of the indicating shaft until the shaft makes contact with the center pin of the coaxial connector. Immediately tighten the thumbscrew to hold the indicating shaft at its current position. 5-26 May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

(5) Position the depth gauge so that the end of the indicating shaft opposite the base plate is clearly visible. If the white painted area of the indicating shaft is visible, the center coaxial pin is properly positioned within 0.192 inch of the aircraft mating connector leading edge. If the painted area is not visible outside the housing of the depth gauge, the center contact is improperly positioned and the coaxial assembly should be repaired or replaced. 5.4.5 TCAS System Diagnostics The TTR-920/TTR-921 stores maintenance diagnostic data for the TCAS system. You can access this data using an ARINC 429 data bus reader and a locally fabricated connecting cable. The connecting cable attaches to the small 15-pin connector on the front of the TTR-920/TTR-921. The paragraphs below describe the general procedure for accessing the fault data, and provide a step by step procedure using a specific ARINC 429 data bus reader. The bus reader must be attached to the TTR-920/TTR-921 while the TCAS system is operating. Set the bus reader to receive Label 356 words from the TTR-920/TTR-921. Then transmit a Label 271 word, with bit 18 set, to the TTR-920/TTR-921 using the bus reader. The TTR-920/TTR-921 replies with the fault data as Label 356 words. After capturing the fault data, transmit all zeroes on Label 271 to the TTR-920/TTR-921 to end the fault data transmission. Disconnect the bus reader from the TTR-920/TTR-921 and cycle the TCAS system electrical power to restore normal operation.

NOTE
Prepare the bus reader for receiving Label 356 words before transmitting a Label 271 word to prevent capturing the fault data in "mid-stream. Refer to Table 5-17. Label 356 is a 32-bit binary (base 2) number. This converts to an 8-digit hexadecimal (base 16) number. Each hexadecimal (hex) digit represents 4-bits of the 32-bit word. Table 5-17. Binary to Hexadecimal Conversion DECIMAL (BASE 10) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 BINARY (BASE 2) 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 HEXADECIMAL (BASE 16) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DECIMAL (BASE 10) 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 BINARY (BASE 2) 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 HEXADECIMAL (BASE 16) 8 9 A B C D E F

Refer to Table 5-18 below. Bits 1-8 encode the Label (356 in this case). Bits 29-32 include the sign status matrix (SSM) and the parity bit. These bits, 1-8 and 29-32, are irrelevant to decoding the fault data and can be ignored. A data bus reader will typically display the data in hex format or binary format with the least significant digit on the right. Bits 9-28 of a Label 356 word contain the fault data, with bits 25-28 defining the fault word, and bits 9-24 encoding the fault numbers. The bits that are set determine the fault numbers. To determine the fault numbers, list bits 9-28 as in Table 5-19. Then using the fault word number 3 in Table 5-19 and the fault numbers 0, 6, and 7 in Table 5-19) read the probable faulty LRU or LRUs from Table 5-21.

May 19, 2005

5-27

maintenance

5230775833

Table 5-18. Label 356 Example LABEL 356 BITS Binary value Hexadecimal value Definition Comments 32-29 0001 1 Parity/ SSM Ignore 28-25 0011 3 Fault Word Defines column number in Table 5-21 24-21 0000 0 20-17 0000 0 16-13 1100 C 12-9 0001 1 8-5 0111 7 Label Ignore 4-1 0111 7

Fault Numbers Defines row numbers in Table 5-21

The procedure printed below for accessing the fault data was developed using the Atlantic Instruments, Inc. DATATRAC 400H ARINC 429 Data Bus Analyzer. The procedure will also work with the DATATRAC 400; but, you will have to hand program the procedure provided for the non -X12 and -020 status TTR-920. Refer to your DATATRAC 400 reference manual for more information. At the release date of this publication, the system setup used for the DATATRAC 400H on non -X12 status TTR-920 was not available for the DATATRAC 400. You should read the reference manual and familiarize yourself with the DATATRAC 400/400H before using this procedure. Table 5-19. Label 356 Example (Bits 28-9: 300C1 Hex) HEX VALUE BINARY VALUE 0011 FAULT WORD 3 BIT NUMBER 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 BIT VALUE 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 FAULT NUMBER Not applicable 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 COMMENTS Fault Word Column 3

0000

Not applicable

No Fault Number Rows

0000

Not applicable

No Fault Number Rows

1100

Not applicable

Fault Number Rows 6 and 7

0001

Not applicable

Fault Number Row 0

The schematic for the connecting cable required between the DATATRAC 400/400H and the TCAS computer is shown in Figure 5-38.

5-28

May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

The procedure will work with current statuses of the TTR-920/TTR-921. The procedure for the -X12 and -020 status TTR-920 uses the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) mode function of the DATATRAC 400H. Section 7.0, pages 75-82, of the reference manual describes the BITE mode operation of the DATATRAC 400H. The procedure for the remaining status TTR-920 (non -X12 and -020) and TTR-921 uses the BREAKPOINT mode function of the DATATRAC 400H. Refer to Section 6.0, pages 66-74, of the reference manual. Before using the DATATRAC 400H, power up the TCAS system and note which LRU types are present in the TCAS system. Some fault messages stored by the TTR-920/TTR-921 may be irrelevant since the message corresponds to an LRU not present in the system. Plug the cable into the 15-pin connector on the front of the TTR-920/TTR-921. Secure the connection and follow the steps below: a. Connect the cable to the DATATRAC 400H: cable XMT to DATATRAC XMT and cable RCV to DATATRAC RCV 1. b. Turn on the DATATRAC 400H. The main menu will appear on the bus analyzer with the cursor flashing at the right of the "Select function:" area as in the example below:

Figure 5-15. DATATRAC 400H Screen c. d. If the TTR-920 status is -X12 or -X20 continue. If not skip to step o. Push the BITE function key located just below the lower-right corner of the screen. The "Select function:" area on the screen should now display BITE. Push the ENTER key on the keypad to select the BITE function.

Figure 5-16. DATATRAC 400H Screen e. The BITE MODE SETUP screen should now be displayed with the cursor located next to the "Function:" selection area. 5-29

May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

Figure 5-17. BITE MODE SETUP Screen f. Select function CMC by pushing the right arrow key () until CMC appears next to "Function:" Refer to Section 7.1 of the reference manual.

Figure 5-18. BITE MODE SETUP Screen g. Push the down arrow key () to move the cursor to the LRU: selection area. Use the right arrow key () to select TCAS 735.

Figure 5-19. BITE MODE SETUP Screen h. 5-30 In the same manner, set the RCV Channel: field to 1, the RCV Speed: field to 12.5, and the XMT Speed: field to 12.5 as shown below. These fields require values for the procedure to work. You may also fill in the remaining fields. May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

Figure 5-20. BITE MODE SETUP Screen i. j. Push ENTER to initiate BITE mode. The setup screen shows the CMC COMMAND WORD Label 227 field at the top of the screen and the FAULT SUMMARY WORD Label 350 field at the bottom. Refer to Section 7.3 of the reference manual.

Figure 5-21. CMC COMMAND WORD Screen k. Pushing ENTER toggles the cursor between the CMC COMMAND WORD field and the FAULT SUMMARY WORD field. To view the remaining bits of the Label 350 fault word, push ENTER to move the cursor down into the FAULT SUMMARY WORD field and then use the down arrow key () to scroll through the remaining bits of the maintenance word. Pushing ENTER again will move the cursor back to the CMC COMMAND WORD field. To download the fault codes stored in the TTR-920/TTR-921, the cursor must be located in the CMC COMMAND WORD field. Set the XMT: field to ON using the right arrow key (). This enables burst mode transmission of the Label 227 word. Move the cursor down into the Label 227 Command field by pushing the down arrow key () once and then pushing the right arrow key () until the cursor is positioned under the Command field. Pushing the down arrow key () here will step through the available command selections. Select SHOP FAULT and push ENTER to download the fault codes from the TTR-920/TTR-921.

l.

May 19, 2005

5-31

maintenance

5230775833

Figure 5-22. CMC COMMAND WORD Screen m. When the TCAS shop fault screen appears, the transmission is complete. Disconnect the DATATRAC 400H from the TTR-920/TTR-921. Be sure to cycle electrical power to the TCAS system to restore normal operation. n. An example shop fault screen is shown below. The flight leg that the displayed fault data occurred during is shown on the first line. In the example below the fault data occurred two flights legs previous.

Figure 5-23. TCAS Screen Each fault description area has a FLT PHS: (flight phase) field that indicates the number of times that particular fault occurred during the displayed flight leg. Up to six occurrences of the same fault can be recorded. The flight phases are described below. Table 5-20. Flight Phases FLIGHT PHASE 0 1 2 3 4 5 5-32 First failure on flight leg Second failure on flight leg Third failure on flight leg Fourth failure on flight leg Fifth failure on flight leg Failure occurred during self-test prior to takeoff. May 19, 2005 DESCRIPTION

maintenance

5230775833

To save the displayed data in memory, push the ENTER key. A number will be displayed in the lower right-hand corner of the display showing how many BITE screens you have saved. Reviewing saved screens is described later. Skip to Step y. The following steps are for use with the non -X12 or -X20 status TTR-920 or TTR-921. o. Push the D key located on the keypad. The "Select function:" area on the screen should now display D. Push the ENTER key on the keypad to select "Recall System Setups.

Figure 5-24. DATATRAC 400H (Main Menu) Screen p. The ROM SYSTEM SETUP SELECTION screen should now be displayed with the cursor located next to the "Setup Index: " area.

Figure 5-25. ROM SYSTEM SETUP SELECTION Screen q. r. Select the index number that corresponds to TCAS and push ENTER. The main menu screen will appear. Push function key XMT to select the transmit function and then push ENTER.

May 19, 2005

5-33

maintenance

5230775833

Figure 5-26. MAIN MENU Screen s. At the TRANSMITTER SETUP screen, the ROM system setup puts the correct parameters in place for you. You need only push ENTER. The example below shows the correct parameters for the TRANSMITTER SETUP screen.

Figure 5-27. TRANSMITTER SETUP Screen t. At the ROM TRANSMIT TABLE SELECTION setup screen, choose the index that corresponds to TCAS and then push ENTER.

Figure 5-28. ROM TRANSMIT SETUP SELECTION Screen 5-34 May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

u.

The next screen shows the RCV 1 and XMT 1 channels. The parameter values shown here enable you to transmit a Label 271 word to the TTR-920/TTR-921, change to the BREAK MODE/TRIGGER PULSE SETUP screen, and capture the Label 350 and 356 maintenance words when transmitted by the TTR-920/TTR-921. The transmission from the DATATRAC 400H will delay the transmission of the Label 350 and 356 words from the TTR-920/TTR-921 for about 10 seconds. This gives you time to change the display to the BREAK MODE/TRIGGER PULSE SETUP screen and initiate the break condition.

Figure 5-29. RCV 1/XMT 1 Screen

NOTE
Read through Step v before using it. The keystrokes required in Step v must be performed in succession in order to properly capture the maintenance data. Once the B key is pushed, the transmission from the TTR-920/TTR-921 will begin after approximately 10 seconds. v. Push the B key to transmit the Label 271 words to the TTR-920/TTR-921. Push the BRK function key. The BREAK MODE/TRIGGER PULSE SETUP screen will appear. Push ENTER.

Figure 5-30. BREAK MODE/TRIGGER PULSE SETUP Screen w. The DATATRAC will wait for the TTR-920/TTR-921 to send the maintenance data as shown below.

May 19, 2005

5-35

maintenance

5230775833

Figure 5-31. BREAK MODE/TRIGGER PULSE SETUP Screen x. When the TTR-920/TTR-921 transmits the fault data, the BREAK MODE/TRIGGER PULSE SETUP screen will display BREAK DETECTED. Let the transmission continue for approximately 10 seconds, then push ENTER to review the data received.

Figure 5-32. BREAK MODE/TRIGGER PULSE SETUP Screen y. The DATATRAC 400H can now be disconnected from the TTR-920/TTR-921. Be sure to cycle electrical power to the TCAS system to restore normal operation.

NOTE
Turning off the DATATRAC 400H will erase any stored data. z. The maintenance data is displayed in 32-bit hexadecimal format under BREAK HISTORY DATA REVIEW. Bits 0 through 32 are read from right to left. Use Table 5-21 below to decode the Label 356 maintenance words or push the C key on the DATATRAC 400H to display the Collins fault table. The Label 350 word definitions are contained in Table 5-22, and correspond to the front panel LEDs of the TTR-920/TTR-921. Pushing the ENTER key will toggle between the BREAK HISTORY DATA SELECT field and the BREAK HISTORY DATA REVIEW field. Use the down arrow () to move the cursor into the Label 356 words. To change the format of the displayed data, push the right arrow () key. Refer to Section 6.0, pages 66-74, in the reference manual for a complete description of the BREAKPOINT mode.

5-36

May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

Figure 5-33. BREAK HISTORY DATA SELECT Screen To review saved BITE screens or break history data on the DATATRAC 400H, go to the setup screen used to download the fault data from the TTR-920/TTR-921, either the BITE MODE SETUP screen or the BREAK MODE/TRIGGER PULSE SETUP screen. Select function REVIEW, and push ENTER. Each saved BITE screen is displayed in order. Use the down arrow key () to view the next screen and the up arrow key () to view the previous screen. Push the E key to erase the currently displayed screen and move the remaining screens up in memory.

Figure 5-34. BITE MODE SETUP Screen

Figure 5-35. BREAK MODE/TRIGGER PULSE SETUP Screen

May 19, 2005

5-37

maintenance

5230775833

Table 5-21. Label 356 TCAS System Maintenance FAULT NUMBER 0 FAULT WORD 0 MTL adjustment (TTR920/TTR-921) Calibration (TTR920/TTR-921 or antenna cables) NA 1 Receiver (TTR920/TTR-921) 2 CPU A ROM (TTR920/TTR-921) 3 CPU 1 instructions (TTR920/TTR-921) CPU A crosscheck (TTR920/TTR-921) 4 Transponder 1 bus wraparound (Transponder 1) Transponder 2 bus wraparound 5 Radio altitude digital 2 bias (Digital radio altimeter 2) RA display 1 BITE (RA display 1)

NA (Note 2)

CPU B ROM (TTR920/TTR-921)

Mode S decode (TTR920/TTR-921) Mode C decode (TTR920/TTR-921) NA

CPU I ROM (TTR920/TTR-921) CPU SP ROM (TTR920/TTR-921) CPU A RAM (TTR920/TTR-921) CPU B RAM (TTR920/TTR-921) CPU I RAM (TTR920/TTR-921)

CPU B crosscheck (TTR920/TTR-921) CPU I crosscheck (TTR920/TTR-921) Attitude bus activity (Attitude source LRU) Heading bus activity (Digital mag heading LRU) Maintenance bus activity (Central maintenance computer) Radio altimeter 1 bus activity (Digital radio altimeter 1)

RA display 1 status discrete (RA display 1) RA display 2 status discrete (RA display 2) TA display 1 status discrete (TA display 1) TA display 2 status discrete (TA display 2) Radio altitude analog 1 activity (Analog radio altimeter 1) Radio altitude analog 2 activity (Analog radio altimeter 2) Mag heading analog activity (Analog mag heading LRU) Barometric altimeter activity (Air data computer)

RA display 2 BITE (RA display 2) Own Mode S identification (Transponder or wiring) NA

Mode C receiver (TTR920/TTR-921) Whisper shout (TTR920/TTR-921) Transmitter (TTR920/TTR-921) Bottom antenna (Bottom TCAS antenna or connection) Bottom antenna connection (Bottom TCAS antenna connection) Top antenna (Top TCAS antenna or connection) Top antenna connection (Top TCAS antenna connection)

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

CPU SP RAM (TTR920/TTR-921)

NA

NA

CPU A-toglobal RAM (TTR920/TTR-921) CPU B-toglobal RAM (TTR920/TTR-921)

Radio altimeter 2 bus activity (digital radio altimeter 2) Mode S transponder 1 bus activity (Transponder 1)

NA

NA

NA

5-38

May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

Table 5-21. Label 356 TCAS System Maintenance - Continued FAULT NUMBER 10 FAULT WORD 0 1030-MHz frequency source (TTR920/TTR-921) NA 1 Severe hot temp fail 2 CPU I-to-global RAM (TTR920/TTR-921) 3 Mode S transponder 2 bus activity (Transponder 2) Maintenance bus wraparound (Central maintenance computer) RA display bus 1 wraparound (RA display 1) 4 Radio altitude analog 2 bias (Analog radio altimeter 1) Radio altitude analog 2 bias (Analog radio altimeter 2) NA 5

11

Hot temp fail

CPU A-todual port RAM (TTR920/TTR-921)

NA

12

Cable calibration (TTR920/TTR-921 or antenna cables) IF adjustment (TTR920/TTR-921) NA

Normal temp fail

CPU B-todual port RAM (TTR920/TTR-921)

Coordination lock time-out (Note 1)

NA

13

Ambient temp fail

CPU I-todual port RAM (TTR920/TTR-921) CPU A instructions (TTR920/TTR-921) CPU B instructions (TTR920/TTR-921)

RA display bus 2 wraparound (RA display 2) TA display 1 wraparound (TA display 1) TA display bus 2 wraparound (TA display 2)

Resolution message queue full (Note 1) CAS output missing (Note 1) Radio altitude digital 1 bias (Digital radio altimeter 1)

Power-up fail

14

Cold temp fail

Signal processor dead

15

NA

SP AID part number invalid

NA

NOTE
1. These failures, if they occur, are usually random. If the failures are random, log the fault but do not replace the TCAS transmitter-receiver. If any of the failures occur frequently (approximately every half-hour of flight), replace the TCAS transmitter-receiver. 2. Not applicable.

May 19, 2005

5-39

maintenance

5230775833

Table 5-22. Label 350, TCAS System Maintenance Word, Bit Definitions BIT 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Upper Antenna Lower Antenna Radio Altimeter Input No 1 Radio Altimeter Input No 2 Mode S Transponder No 1 Mode S Transponder No 2 Attitude Input Magnetic Heading Input TCAS System Status Spare Spare TA No 1 Display System Status TA No 2 Display System Status RA No 1 Display System Status RA No 2 Display System Status CFDIU (Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit) CFDIU BITE 0 = OK, 1 = Fault 0 = OK, 1 = Fault 0 = OK, 1 = Fault 0 = OK, 1 = Fault 0 = OK, 1 = Inactive 0 = Enable (On Ground), 1 = Inhibited (Airborne) FUNCTION TCAS Computer Unit 0 = OK, 1 = Fault 0 = OK, 1 = Fault 0 = OK, 1 = Fault 0 = OK, 1 = Inactive 0 = OK, 1 = Inactive 0 = Active or Standby, 1 = Inactive or Fault 0 = Active or Standby, 1 = Inactive or Fault 0 = OK, 1 = Inactive 0 = OK, 1 = Inactive 0 = OK, 1 = Fault CODING

5.5 RETURN TO SERVICE TEST PROCEDURES 5.5.1 General The procedures in this paragraph are to be used to verify proper operation of TCAS equipment that has been removed for maintenance, repair, or bench testing and is now being reinstalled in an aircraft. If the equipment fails this test, you should use the fault isolation procedures to determine which LRUs should be removed for shop maintenance. 5.5.2 Return to Service Test Perform the procedures in Paragraph 1.3.3, TCAS System Self-Test.

5-40

May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

Figure 5-36. Antenna Attenuator Cap Assembly

May 19, 2005

5-41/(5-42 Blank)

maintenance

5230775833

Figure 5-37. Coaxial Pin Depth Gauge Assembly (Sheet 1 of 2)

May 19, 2005

5-43/(5-44 Blank)

maintenance

5230775833

Figure 5-37. Coaxial Pin Depth Gauge Assembly (Sheet 2 of 2)

May 19, 2005

5-45/(5-46 Blank)

maintenance

5230775833

Figure 5-38. DATATRAC 400H to TTR-920 Connecting Cable, Schematic Diagram

May 19, 2005

5-47

maintenance

5230775833

Figure 5-39. TTR-921 Connecting Cable, Schematic Diagram

5-48

May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

5.6 INSPECTION/CHECK 5.6.1 Introduction This section presents the unique instructions necessary to verify the condition of the TCAS system in the airframe. Refer to the applicable component maintenance manual if any repair to the equipment is required. 5.6.2 Procedures Inspection/Check Procedures for the Antennas, Control Units, TDR-94/TDR-94D ATC/Mode S Transponders, TTR-920/TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver, and TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicators are described in the paragraphs that follow: 5.6.2.1 Antennas Check for dents, cracks, punctures, and for cleanliness. None of the antennas are to be painted.

NOTE
Refer to TRE-920 Service Information Letter 1-95, Radome Paint Peeling. 5.6.2.2 Control Units a. Make sure that the control dust cover is in place and secured. b. c. Make sure that the control and cable connectors are properly mated and secured. Make sure that the control is properly placed and secured in its mounting position.

5.6.2.3 TDR-94/TDR-94D ATC/Mode S Transponders a. Make sure that the transponder and mount connectors are properly mated and the transponder is securely fastened to the rack mounting position. b. Make sure that the knurled holddown knobs on the rack mounting position are secured to the transponder and are properly safety-wired.

5.6.2.4 TTR-920/TTR-921 TCAS Transmitter-Receiver a. Make sure that the transmitter-receiver dust cover is in place and secured. b. c. Make sure that the transmitter-receiver and mount connectors are properly mated and the transmitter-receiver is securely fastened to the rack mounting position. Make sure that the knurled holddown knobs on the rack mounting position are secured to the transmitter-receiver and are properly safety-wired.

5.6.2.5 TVI-920/TVI-920D VSI/RA/TA Indicator a. Make sure that the indicator dust cover is in place and secured. b. c. d. Make sure that the faceplate glass on the indicator for scratches, chipped or broken surface, and cleanliness. Make sure that the indicator and cable connector are properly mated and secured. Make sure that the indicator is properly placed and secured to the instrument panel.

5.7 CLEANING/PAINTING 5.7.1 Introduction This section presents the special instructions necessary for cleaning this equipment. For standard cleaning instructions, the technician should follow the instructions outlined in the Collins Avionics Standard Shop Practices Manual, Collins Part Number 523-0768039.

OBSERVE ALL WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS LISTED IN THE ADVISORIES PARAGRAPH OF THIS MANUAL AND THE COLLINS AVIONICS STANDARD SHOP PRACTICES MANUAL. 5.7.2 Cleaning Clean indicators and antennas as follows: 5.7.2.1 Antennas

DO NOT USE CLEANING SOLVENTS ON THE ANTENNAS. a. Clean the exposed antenna surface using a soft cloth moistened with soap and water. Remove all dirt and grease from the surface. 5-49

May 19, 2005

maintenance

5230775833

b.

Rinse the surface with clean water and allow to air-dry.

NOTE
Refer to TRE-920 Service Information Letter 1-95, Radome Paint Peeling. 5.7.2.2 Indicators

DO NOT USE CLEANING SOLVENTS ON THE VIEWING FACE. a. b. Clean the viewing face using lens tissue dampened in a mild solution of soap and water. Use care to prevent the solution from running between the viewing face and case. Carefully wipe the viewing face dry with a clean, soft, lint-free, static-free cloth.

5.7.3 Painting

DO NOT PAINT THE ANTENNA SURFACE. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO TOUCH UP THE SILK SCREENING WITH PAINT. 5.8 APPROVED REPAIR No repairs should be attempted on any component of the TCAS system while the equipment is installed in the aircraft.

5-50

May 19, 2005

5230775833

CHAPTER 6 Bulletins
6.1 SERVICE BULLETINS AND SERVICE INFORMATION LETTERS Refer to the latest edition/addendum of the Business and Regional Systems Equipment Service Bulletin/Information Letter Index 523-0766944 for up-to-date listing. Table 6-1. Service Bulletins and Service Information Letters. SB/SIL NUMBER UNIT TITLE DATE

May 19, 2005

6-1/(6-2 Blank)